Class-ify ui_out
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "infrun.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
37 #include "target.h"
38 #include "language.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "block.h"
51 #include "solib.h"
52 #include "solist.h"
53 #include "observer.h"
54 #include "memattr.h"
55 #include "ada-lang.h"
56 #include "top.h"
57 #include "valprint.h"
58 #include "jit.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "probe.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
63 #include "continuations.h"
64 #include "stack.h"
65 #include "skip.h"
66 #include "ax-gdb.h"
67 #include "dummy-frame.h"
68 #include "interps.h"
69 #include "format.h"
70 #include "location.h"
71 #include "thread-fsm.h"
72 #include "tid-parse.h"
73
74 /* readline include files */
75 #include "readline/readline.h"
76 #include "readline/history.h"
77
78 /* readline defines this. */
79 #undef savestring
80
81 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
82 #include "extension.h"
83 #include <algorithm>
84
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
87 {
88 EX_EVENT_THROW,
89 EX_EVENT_RETHROW,
90 EX_EVENT_CATCH
91 };
92
93 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94
95 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96
97 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98
99 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100
101 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102
103 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104
105 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
106 void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
107 void *),
108 void *);
109
110 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
111
112 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
113
114 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
115
116 static void
117 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location *location,
118 struct linespec_result *canonical,
119 enum bptype type_wanted);
120
121 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
122 struct linespec_result *,
123 char *, char *, enum bptype,
124 enum bpdisp, int, int,
125 int,
126 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
127 int, int, int, unsigned);
128
129 static void decode_location_default (struct breakpoint *b,
130 const struct event_location *location,
131 struct program_space *search_pspace,
132 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals);
133
134 static void clear_command (char *, int);
135
136 static void catch_command (char *, int);
137
138 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
139
140 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
141
142 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
143
144 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
145 enum bptype,
146 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
147 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
148 const struct symtab_and_line *);
149
150 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
151 static. */
152 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
153 struct symtab_and_line,
154 enum bptype,
155 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
156
157 static struct breakpoint *
158 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
159 enum bptype type,
160 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
161 int loc_enabled);
162
163 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
164
165 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
166 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
167 enum bptype bptype);
168
169 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
170 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
171 struct obj_section *, int);
172
173 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
174 struct bp_location *loc2);
175
176 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
177 struct address_space *aspace,
178 CORE_ADDR addr);
179
180 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location *,
181 struct address_space *,
182 CORE_ADDR, int);
183
184 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
185
186 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
187
188 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
189 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
190
191 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
192
193 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
194
195 static void commands_command (char *, int);
196
197 static void condition_command (char *, int);
198
199 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *);
200 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, enum remove_bp_reason);
201
202 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
203
204 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
205
206 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
207
208 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
209
210 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
211
212 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
213 enum bptype type,
214 int *other_type_used);
215
216 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
217
218 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
219
220 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
221 int count);
222
223 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
224
225 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
226
227 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
228
229 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
230
231 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
232 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
233 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
234
235 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
236
237 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
238 insert locations now. */
239 enum ugll_insert_mode
240 {
241 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
242 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
243 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
244 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
245 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
246 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
247 returns true on them.
248
249 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
250 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
251 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
252 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
253 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
254 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
255 the inferior. */
256 UGLL_DONT_INSERT,
257
258 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
259 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
260 UGLL_MAY_INSERT,
261
262 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
263 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
264 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
265 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
266 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
267 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
268 as no thread is running yet. */
269 UGLL_INSERT
270 };
271
272 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode);
273
274 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode);
275
276 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
277
278 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
279
280 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
281
282 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
283
284 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
285
286 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
287
288 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
289
290 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
291
292 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
293
294 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
295
296 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
297 otherwise. */
298
299 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
300
301 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
302 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
303 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
304 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
305
306 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
307 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
308
309 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
310 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
311
312 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
313 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
314
315 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
316 breakpoints. */
317 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
318
319 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
320 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
321
322 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
323 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
324
325 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
326 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
327 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
328 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
329 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
330 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
331
332 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
333 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
334 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
335 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
336 dprintf_style_gdb,
337 dprintf_style_call,
338 dprintf_style_agent,
339 NULL
340 };
341 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
342
343 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
344 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
345 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
346 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
347
348 static char *dprintf_function = "";
349
350 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
351 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
352 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
353 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
354 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
355 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
356 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
357
358 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
359
360 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
361 has disconnected. */
362 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
363
364 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
365 breakpoints share a single command list. */
366 struct counted_command_line
367 {
368 /* The reference count. */
369 int refc;
370
371 /* The command list. */
372 struct command_line *commands;
373 };
374
375 struct command_line *
376 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
377 {
378 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
379 }
380
381 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
382 current breakpoint. */
383
384 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
385
386 const char *
387 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
388 {
389 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
390 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
391 a breakpoint. */
392 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
393
394 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
395 }
396
397 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
398 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
399 if such is available. */
400 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
401
402 static void
403 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
404 struct cmd_list_element *c,
405 const char *value)
406 {
407 fprintf_filtered (file,
408 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
409 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
410 value);
411 }
412
413 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
414 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
415 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
416 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
417 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
418 static void
419 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
420 struct cmd_list_element *c,
421 const char *value)
422 {
423 fprintf_filtered (file,
424 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
425 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
426 value);
427 }
428
429 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
430 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
431 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
432 use hardware breakpoints. */
433 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
434 static void
435 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
436 struct cmd_list_element *c,
437 const char *value)
438 {
439 fprintf_filtered (file,
440 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
441 value);
442 }
443
444 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
445 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
446 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
447 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
448 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
449 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
450 processing user input. */
451 static int always_inserted_mode = 0;
452
453 static void
454 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
455 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
456 {
457 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
458 value);
459 }
460
461 /* See breakpoint.h. */
462
463 int
464 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
465 {
466 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
467 {
468 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
469 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
470 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
471 return 1;
472 }
473 else if (target_has_execution)
474 {
475 struct thread_info *tp;
476
477 if (always_inserted_mode)
478 {
479 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
480 are stopped. */
481 return 1;
482 }
483
484 if (threads_are_executing ())
485 return 1;
486
487 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
488 stopped, we still have events to process. */
489 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp)
490 if (tp->resumed
491 && tp->suspend.waitstatus_pending_p)
492 return 1;
493 }
494 return 0;
495 }
496
497 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
498
499 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
500 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
501 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
502 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
503 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
504 condition_evaluation_auto,
505 condition_evaluation_host,
506 condition_evaluation_target,
507 NULL
508 };
509
510 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
511 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
512
513 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
514 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
515 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
516
517 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
518 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
519 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
520 evaluation mode. */
521
522 static const char *
523 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
524 {
525 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
526 {
527 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
528 return condition_evaluation_target;
529 else
530 return condition_evaluation_host;
531 }
532 else
533 return mode;
534 }
535
536 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
537
538 static const char *
539 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
540 {
541 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
542 }
543
544 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
545 otherwise. */
546
547 static int
548 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
549 {
550 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
551
552 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
553 }
554
555 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
556
557 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
558 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
559
560 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
561 static int overlay_events_enabled;
562
563 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
564 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
565
566 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
567 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
568 current breakpoint. */
569
570 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
571
572 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
573 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
574 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
575 B = TMP)
576
577 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
578 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
579 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
580
581 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
582 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
583 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
584 BP_TMP++)
585
586 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
587 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
588 to where the loop should start from.
589 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
590 appropriate location to start with. */
591
592 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
593 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
594 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
595 BP_LOCP_START \
596 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
597 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
598 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
599
600 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
601
602 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
603 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
604 if (is_tracepoint (B))
605
606 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
607
608 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
609
610 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
611
612 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
613
614 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
615
616 static unsigned bp_location_count;
617
618 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
619 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
620 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
621 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
622 an address you need to read. */
623
624 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
625
626 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
627 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
628 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
629 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
630 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
631
632 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
633
634 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
635 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
636 by a target. */
637 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
638
639 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
640
641 static int breakpoint_count;
642
643 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
644 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
645 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
646 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
647 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
648
649 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
650
651 static int tracepoint_count;
652
653 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
654 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
655 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
656
657 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
658
659 struct breakpoint *
660 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func) (struct breakpoint *b, void *d),
661 void *user_data)
662 {
663 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
664
665 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
666 {
667 if (func (b, user_data) != 0)
668 break;
669 }
670
671 return b;
672 }
673
674 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
675 static int
676 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
677 {
678 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
679 }
680
681 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
682
683 static void
684 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
685 {
686 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
687 breakpoint_count = num;
688 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
689 }
690
691 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
692 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
693 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
694
695 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
696 breakpoint made. */
697
698 void
699 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
700 {
701 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
702 }
703
704 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
705 breakpoint made. */
706
707 void
708 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
709 {
710 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
711 }
712
713 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
714
715 void
716 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
717 {
718 struct breakpoint *b;
719
720 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
721 b->hit_count = 0;
722 }
723
724 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
725 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
726
727 static struct counted_command_line *
728 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
729 {
730 struct counted_command_line *result = XNEW (struct counted_command_line);
731
732 result->refc = 1;
733 result->commands = commands;
734
735 return result;
736 }
737
738 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
739
740 static void
741 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
742 {
743 if (cmd)
744 ++cmd->refc;
745 }
746
747 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
748 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
749 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
750
751 static void
752 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
753 {
754 if (*cmdp)
755 {
756 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
757 {
758 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
759 xfree (*cmdp);
760 }
761 *cmdp = NULL;
762 }
763 }
764
765 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
766
767 static void
768 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
769 {
770 decref_counted_command_line ((struct counted_command_line **) arg);
771 }
772
773 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
774 argument. */
775
776 static struct cleanup *
777 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
778 {
779 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
780 }
781
782 \f
783 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
784 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
785
786 struct breakpoint *
787 get_breakpoint (int num)
788 {
789 struct breakpoint *b;
790
791 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
792 if (b->number == num)
793 return b;
794
795 return NULL;
796 }
797
798 \f
799
800 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
801 evaluating conditions on its side. */
802
803 static void
804 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
805 {
806 struct bp_location *loc;
807
808 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
809 evaluating conditions and if the user has
810 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
811 side. */
812 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
813 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
814 return;
815
816 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
817 return;
818
819 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
820 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
821 }
822
823 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
824 evaluating conditions on its side. */
825
826 static void
827 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
828 {
829 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
830 evaluating conditions and if the user has
831 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
832 side. */
833 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
834 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
835
836 return;
837
838 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
839 return;
840
841 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
842 }
843
844 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
845 condition_evaluation_mode. */
846
847 static void
848 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
849 struct cmd_list_element *c)
850 {
851 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
852
853 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
854 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
855 {
856 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
857 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
858 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
859 return;
860 }
861
862 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
863 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
864
865 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
866 settings was "auto". */
867 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
868
869 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
870 if (new_mode != old_mode)
871 {
872 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
873 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
874 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
875
876 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
877 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
878 */
879
880 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
881 {
882 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
883 target. */
884 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
885 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
886 }
887 else
888 {
889 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
890 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
891 target knows about. */
892 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
893 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
894 loc->needs_update = 1;
895 }
896
897 /* Do the update. */
898 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
899 }
900
901 return;
902 }
903
904 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
905 what "auto" is translating to. */
906
907 static void
908 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
909 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
910 {
911 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
912 fprintf_filtered (file,
913 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
914 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
915 value,
916 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
917 else
918 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
919 value);
920 }
921
922 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
923 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
924 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
925
926 static int
927 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
928 {
929 const struct bp_location *a = *(const struct bp_location **) ap;
930 const struct bp_location *b = *(const struct bp_location **) bp;
931
932 if (a->address == b->address)
933 return 0;
934 else
935 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
936 }
937
938 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
939 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
940 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
941 return NULL. */
942
943 static struct bp_location **
944 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
945 {
946 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
947 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
948 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
949
950 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
951 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
952 dummy_loc.address = address;
953
954 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
955 locp_found = ((struct bp_location **)
956 bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
957 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
958 bp_location_compare_addrs));
959
960 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
961 if (locp_found == NULL)
962 return NULL;
963
964 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
965 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
966 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
967 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
968 locp_found--;
969
970 return locp_found;
971 }
972
973 void
974 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, const char *exp,
975 int from_tty)
976 {
977 xfree (b->cond_string);
978 b->cond_string = NULL;
979
980 if (is_watchpoint (b))
981 {
982 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
983
984 w->cond_exp.reset ();
985 }
986 else
987 {
988 struct bp_location *loc;
989
990 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
991 {
992 loc->cond.reset ();
993
994 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
995 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
996 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
997 }
998 }
999
1000 if (*exp == 0)
1001 {
1002 if (from_tty)
1003 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
1004 }
1005 else
1006 {
1007 const char *arg = exp;
1008
1009 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
1010 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1011 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
1012 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
1013
1014 if (is_watchpoint (b))
1015 {
1016 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
1017
1018 innermost_block = NULL;
1019 arg = exp;
1020 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
1021 if (*arg)
1022 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1023 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
1024 }
1025 else
1026 {
1027 struct bp_location *loc;
1028
1029 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1030 {
1031 arg = exp;
1032 loc->cond =
1033 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
1034 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
1035 if (*arg)
1036 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1037 }
1038 }
1039 }
1040 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
1041
1042 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1043 }
1044
1045 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1046
1047 static VEC (char_ptr) *
1048 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
1049 const char *text, const char *word)
1050 {
1051 const char *space;
1052
1053 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
1054 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
1055 if (*space == '\0')
1056 {
1057 int len;
1058 struct breakpoint *b;
1059 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1060
1061 if (text[0] == '$')
1062 {
1063 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1064 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1065 return NULL;
1066 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1067 }
1068
1069 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1070 len = strlen (text);
1071
1072 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1073 {
1074 char number[50];
1075
1076 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1077
1078 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1079 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1080 }
1081
1082 return result;
1083 }
1084
1085 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1086 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1087 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1088 }
1089
1090 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1091
1092 static void
1093 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1094 {
1095 struct breakpoint *b;
1096 char *p;
1097 int bnum;
1098
1099 if (arg == 0)
1100 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1101
1102 p = arg;
1103 bnum = get_number (&p);
1104 if (bnum == 0)
1105 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1106
1107 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1108 if (b->number == bnum)
1109 {
1110 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1111 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1112 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1113 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
1114 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
1115
1116 if (extlang != NULL)
1117 {
1118 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1119 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1120 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
1121 }
1122 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1123
1124 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1125 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
1126
1127 return;
1128 }
1129
1130 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1131 }
1132
1133 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1134 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1135 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1136
1137 static void
1138 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1139 {
1140 struct command_line *c;
1141
1142 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1143 {
1144 int i;
1145
1146 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1147 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1148 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1149
1150 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1151 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1152
1153 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1154 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1155 command directly. */
1156 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1157 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1158
1159 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1160 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1161 }
1162 }
1163
1164 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1165
1166 static int
1167 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1168 {
1169 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1170 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1171 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1172 }
1173
1174 int
1175 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1176 {
1177 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1178 }
1179
1180 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1181 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1182 found. */
1183
1184 static void
1185 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1186 struct command_line *commands)
1187 {
1188 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1189 {
1190 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1191 struct command_line *c;
1192 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1193
1194 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1195 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1196 ones might not. */
1197 t->step_count = 0;
1198
1199 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1200 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1201 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1202 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1203 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1204 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1205 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1206 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1207 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1208 tracepoint's context. */
1209 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1210 {
1211 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1212 {
1213 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1214 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1215 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1216 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1217 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1218 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1219
1220 if (while_stepping)
1221 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1222 "can be used only once"));
1223 else
1224 while_stepping = c;
1225 }
1226
1227 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1228 }
1229 if (while_stepping)
1230 {
1231 struct command_line *c2;
1232
1233 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1234 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1235 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1236 {
1237 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1238 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1239 }
1240 }
1241 }
1242 else
1243 {
1244 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1245 }
1246 }
1247
1248 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1249 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1250
1251 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1252 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1253 {
1254 struct breakpoint *b;
1255 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1256 struct bp_location *loc;
1257
1258 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1259 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1260 {
1261 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1262 if (loc->address == addr)
1263 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1264 }
1265
1266 return found;
1267 }
1268
1269 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1270 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1271
1272 void
1273 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1274 struct command_line *commands)
1275 {
1276 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1277
1278 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1279 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1280 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1281 }
1282
1283 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1284 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1285 commands. */
1286
1287 void
1288 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1289 {
1290 int old_silent = b->silent;
1291
1292 b->silent = silent;
1293 if (old_silent != silent)
1294 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1295 }
1296
1297 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1298 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1299
1300 void
1301 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1302 {
1303 int old_thread = b->thread;
1304
1305 b->thread = thread;
1306 if (old_thread != thread)
1307 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1308 }
1309
1310 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1311 breakpoint work for any task. */
1312
1313 void
1314 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1315 {
1316 int old_task = b->task;
1317
1318 b->task = task;
1319 if (old_task != task)
1320 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1321 }
1322
1323 void
1324 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1325 {
1326 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) closure;
1327
1328 validate_actionline (line, b);
1329 }
1330
1331 /* A structure used to pass information through
1332 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1333
1334 struct commands_info
1335 {
1336 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1337 int from_tty;
1338
1339 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1340 const char *arg;
1341
1342 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1343 already-parsed command. */
1344 struct command_line *control;
1345
1346 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1347 yet been read. */
1348 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1349 };
1350
1351 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1352 commands_command. */
1353
1354 static void
1355 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1356 {
1357 struct commands_info *info = (struct commands_info *) data;
1358
1359 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1360 {
1361 struct command_line *l;
1362
1363 if (info->control != NULL)
1364 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1365 else
1366 {
1367 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1368 char *str;
1369
1370 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1371 "%s, one per line."),
1372 info->arg);
1373
1374 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1375
1376 l = read_command_lines (str,
1377 info->from_tty, 1,
1378 (is_tracepoint (b)
1379 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1380 b);
1381
1382 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1383 }
1384
1385 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1386 }
1387
1388 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1389 do anything. */
1390 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1391 {
1392 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1393 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1394 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1395 b->commands = info->cmd;
1396 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1397 }
1398 }
1399
1400 static void
1401 commands_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
1402 struct command_line *control)
1403 {
1404 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1405 struct commands_info info;
1406
1407 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1408 info.control = control;
1409 info.cmd = NULL;
1410 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1411 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1412 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1413
1414 std::string new_arg;
1415
1416 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1417 {
1418 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1419 new_arg = string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1420 breakpoint_count);
1421 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1422 new_arg = string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1423 }
1424 else
1425 new_arg = arg;
1426
1427 info.arg = new_arg.c_str ();
1428
1429 map_breakpoint_numbers (info.arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1430
1431 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1432 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1433
1434 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1435 }
1436
1437 static void
1438 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1439 {
1440 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1441 }
1442
1443 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1444 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1445
1446 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1447 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1448 enum command_control_type
1449 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1450 {
1451 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1452 return simple_control;
1453 }
1454
1455 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1456
1457 static int
1458 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1459 {
1460 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1461 return 0;
1462 if (!bl->inserted)
1463 return 0;
1464 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1465 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1466 return 0;
1467 return 1;
1468 }
1469
1470 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1471 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1472 contents.
1473
1474 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1475 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1476 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1477
1478 static void
1479 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1480 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1481 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len,
1482 struct bp_target_info *target_info,
1483 struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
1484 {
1485 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1486 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1487 int bp_size = 0;
1488 int bptoffset = 0;
1489
1490 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info->placed_address_space, 0,
1491 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1492 {
1493 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1494 return;
1495 }
1496
1497 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1498 we need to copy. */
1499 bp_addr = target_info->placed_address;
1500 bp_size = target_info->shadow_len;
1501
1502 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1503 {
1504 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1505 reading. */
1506 return;
1507 }
1508
1509 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1510 {
1511 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1512 reading. */
1513 return;
1514 }
1515
1516 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1517 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1518 {
1519 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1520 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1521 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1522 bp_addr = memaddr;
1523 }
1524
1525 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1526 {
1527 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1528 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1529 }
1530
1531 if (readbuf != NULL)
1532 {
1533 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1534 shadow_contents buffer. */
1535 gdb_assert (target_info->shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1536 || readbuf >= (target_info->shadow_contents
1537 + target_info->shadow_len));
1538
1539 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1540 shadow. */
1541 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1542 target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1543 }
1544 else
1545 {
1546 const unsigned char *bp;
1547 CORE_ADDR addr = target_info->reqstd_address;
1548 int placed_size;
1549
1550 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1551 memcpy (target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1552 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1553
1554 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1555 address. */
1556 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &placed_size);
1557
1558 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1559 breakpoint's INSN. */
1560 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1561 }
1562 }
1563
1564 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1565 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1566
1567 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1568 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1569 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1570
1571 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1572 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1573 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1574 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1575 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1576 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1577 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1578 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1579 and:
1580 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1581
1582 void
1583 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1584 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1585 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1586 {
1587 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1588 search. */
1589 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1590
1591 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1592 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1593 report higher one. */
1594
1595 bc_l = 0;
1596 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1597 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1598 {
1599 struct bp_location *bl;
1600
1601 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1602 bl = bp_location[bc];
1603
1604 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1605 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1606 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1607 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1608
1609 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1610 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1611 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1612
1613 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1614 >= bl->address)
1615 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1616 <= memaddr))
1617 bc_l = bc;
1618 else
1619 bc_r = bc;
1620 }
1621
1622 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1623 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1624 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1625 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1626 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1627 B:
1628
1629 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1630
1631 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1632 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1633 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1634 and L2. */
1635 while (bc_l > 0
1636 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1637 bc_l--;
1638
1639 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1640
1641 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1642 {
1643 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1644
1645 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1646 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1647 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1648 bl->owner->number);
1649
1650 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1651 content. */
1652
1653 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1654 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1655 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1656 break;
1657
1658 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1659 continue;
1660
1661 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1662 memaddr, len, &bl->target_info, bl->gdbarch);
1663 }
1664 }
1665
1666 \f
1667
1668 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1669 breakpoint. */
1670
1671 int
1672 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1673 {
1674 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1675 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1676 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1677 }
1678
1679 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1680
1681 static int
1682 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1683 {
1684 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1685 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1686 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1687 }
1688
1689 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1690 software. */
1691
1692 int
1693 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1694 {
1695 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1696 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1697 }
1698
1699 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1700 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1701 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1702 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1703 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1704 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1705 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1706 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1707
1708 static int
1709 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1710 {
1711 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1712 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1713 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1714 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1715 }
1716
1717 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1718 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1719
1720 static void
1721 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1722 {
1723 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1724
1725 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1726 {
1727 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1728 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1729 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1730 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1731 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1732 }
1733 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1734 }
1735
1736 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1737 watchpoint W. */
1738
1739 static struct value *
1740 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint *w, struct value *val)
1741 {
1742 struct value *bit_val;
1743
1744 if (val == NULL)
1745 return NULL;
1746
1747 bit_val = allocate_value (value_type (val));
1748
1749 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val,
1750 w->val_bitpos,
1751 w->val_bitsize,
1752 value_contents_for_printing (val),
1753 value_offset (val),
1754 val);
1755
1756 return bit_val;
1757 }
1758
1759 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1760 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1761 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1762 to be able to report stops. */
1763
1764 static void
1765 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint *b,
1766 struct program_space *pspace)
1767 {
1768 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL);
1769
1770 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1771 b->loc->pspace = pspace;
1772 b->loc->address = -1;
1773 b->loc->length = -1;
1774 }
1775
1776 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1777 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1778
1779 static int
1780 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
1781 {
1782 return (b->type == bp_watchpoint
1783 && b->loc != NULL
1784 && b->loc->next == NULL
1785 && b->loc->address == -1
1786 && b->loc->length == -1);
1787 }
1788
1789 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1790 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1791 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1792 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1793 in b->loc->cond.
1794 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1795
1796 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1797 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1798 it.
1799
1800 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1801 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1802 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1803 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1804 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1805 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1806 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1807 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1808
1809 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1810 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1811 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1812 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1813 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1814 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1815 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1816 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1817 not changed.
1818
1819 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1820 hardware watchpoints:
1821
1822 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1823 called several times when GDB stops.
1824
1825 [linux]
1826 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1827 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1828 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1829 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1830 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1831 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1832 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1833 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1834 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1835 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1836 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1837
1838 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1839 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1840
1841 static void
1842 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1843 {
1844 int within_current_scope;
1845 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1846 int frame_saved;
1847
1848 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1849 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1850 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1851 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1852 return;
1853
1854 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1855 return;
1856
1857 frame_saved = 0;
1858
1859 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1860 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1861 within_current_scope = 1;
1862 else
1863 {
1864 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1865 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1866 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1867
1868 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1869 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1870 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1871 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1872 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1873 return;
1874
1875 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1876 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1877 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1878 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1879 selected frame. */
1880 frame_saved = 1;
1881 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1882
1883 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1884 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1885 if (within_current_scope)
1886 select_frame (fi);
1887 }
1888
1889 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1890 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1891 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1892 b->base.loc = NULL;
1893
1894 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1895 {
1896 const char *s;
1897
1898 b->exp.reset ();
1899 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1900 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1901 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1902 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1903 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1904 be completely different objects. */
1905 value_free (b->val);
1906 b->val = NULL;
1907 b->val_valid = 0;
1908
1909 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1910 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1911 locations (re)created below. */
1912 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1913 {
1914 b->cond_exp.reset ();
1915
1916 s = b->base.cond_string;
1917 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1918 }
1919 }
1920
1921 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1922 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1923 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1924 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1925 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1926 if (!target_has_execution)
1927 {
1928 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1929 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1930 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1931 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1932 {
1933 if (b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1934 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1935 else
1936 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1937 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1938 }
1939 }
1940 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1941 {
1942 int pc = 0;
1943 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1944 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1945
1946 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp.get (), &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1947
1948 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1949 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1950 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1951 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1952 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1953 watchpoints. */
1954 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1955 {
1956 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
1957 {
1958 v = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, v);
1959 if (v != NULL)
1960 release_value (v);
1961 }
1962 b->val = v;
1963 b->val_valid = 1;
1964 }
1965
1966 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1967
1968 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1969 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1970 {
1971 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1972 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1973 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1974 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1975 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1976 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1977 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1978 {
1979 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1980
1981 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1982 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1983 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1984 if (v == result
1985 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1986 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1987 {
1988 CORE_ADDR addr;
1989 enum target_hw_bp_type type;
1990 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1991 int bitpos = 0, bitsize = 0;
1992
1993 if (value_bitsize (v) != 0)
1994 {
1995 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1996 sub-expression. */
1997 bitpos = value_bitpos (v);
1998 bitsize = value_bitsize (v);
1999 }
2000 else if (v == result && b->val_bitsize != 0)
2001 {
2002 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
2003 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
2004 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
2005 bitpos = b->val_bitpos;
2006 bitsize = b->val_bitsize;
2007 }
2008
2009 addr = value_address (v);
2010 if (bitsize != 0)
2011 {
2012 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2013 addr += bitpos / 8;
2014 }
2015
2016 type = hw_write;
2017 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
2018 type = hw_read;
2019 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2020 type = hw_access;
2021
2022 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
2023 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
2024 ;
2025 *tmp = loc;
2026 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
2027
2028 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
2029 loc->address = addr;
2030
2031 if (bitsize != 0)
2032 {
2033 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2034 loc->length = ((bitpos % 8) + bitsize + 7) / 8;
2035 }
2036 else
2037 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
2038
2039 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
2040 }
2041 }
2042 }
2043
2044 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2045 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2046 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2047 is started. */
2048 if (reparse)
2049 {
2050 int reg_cnt;
2051 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
2052 struct bp_location *bl;
2053
2054 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
2055
2056 if (reg_cnt)
2057 {
2058 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
2059 enum bptype type;
2060
2061 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2062 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2063 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
2064
2065 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2066 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2067 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2068 this watchpoint in as well. */
2069
2070 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2071 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2072 hardware watchpoint type. */
2073 type = b->base.type;
2074 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
2075 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
2076
2077 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2078 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2079 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2080 through watch_command), so always account for it
2081 manually. */
2082
2083 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2084 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
2085
2086 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2087 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
2088
2089 target_resources_ok
2090 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
2091 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
2092 {
2093 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
2094
2095 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
2096 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2097 "hardware watchpoint."));
2098 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
2099 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2100 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2101
2102 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2103 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2104 }
2105 else
2106 {
2107 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2108 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2109 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2110 nop. */
2111 b->base.type = type;
2112 }
2113 }
2114 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
2115 {
2116 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
2117 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2118 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2119 else
2120 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2121 "read/access watchpoint."));
2122 }
2123 else
2124 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2125
2126 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
2127 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
2128 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
2129 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
2130 }
2131
2132 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
2133 {
2134 next = value_next (v);
2135 if (v != b->val)
2136 value_free (v);
2137 }
2138
2139 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2140 above left it without any location set up. But,
2141 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2142 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2143 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
2144 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (&b->base, frame_pspace);
2145 }
2146 else if (!within_current_scope)
2147 {
2148 printf_filtered (_("\
2149 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2150 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2151 b->base.number);
2152 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
2153 }
2154
2155 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2156 if (frame_saved)
2157 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
2158 }
2159
2160
2161 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2162 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2163 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2164 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2165 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2166 static int
2167 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2168 {
2169 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2170 return 0;
2171
2172 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2173 return 0;
2174
2175 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2176 return 0;
2177
2178 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2179 return 0;
2180
2181 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2182 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2183 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2184 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2185 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2186 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2187 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2188 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2189 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2190 return 0;
2191
2192 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2193 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2194 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2195 a breakpoint. */
2196 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2197 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2198 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl->pspace->aspace,
2199 bl->address)
2200 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2201 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2202 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2203 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2204 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2205 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2206 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2207 && !(bl->owner->type == bp_single_step
2208 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl->owner->thread)))
2209 {
2210 if (debug_infrun)
2211 {
2212 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2213 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2214 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2215 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2216 }
2217 return 0;
2218 }
2219
2220 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2221 instruction that triggered one. */
2222 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2223 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2224 {
2225 if (debug_infrun)
2226 {
2227 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2228 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2229 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2230 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2231 bl->length);
2232 }
2233 return 0;
2234 }
2235
2236 return 1;
2237 }
2238
2239 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2240 that the location is not duplicated. */
2241
2242 static int
2243 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2244 {
2245 int result;
2246 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2247
2248 bl->duplicate = 0;
2249 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2250 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2251 return result;
2252 }
2253
2254 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2255 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2256 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2257 any error during parsing. */
2258
2259 static agent_expr_up
2260 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2261 {
2262 if (cond == NULL)
2263 return NULL;
2264
2265 agent_expr_up aexpr;
2266
2267 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2268 that may show up. */
2269 TRY
2270 {
2271 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2272 }
2273
2274 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2275 {
2276 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2277 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2278 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2279 }
2280 END_CATCH
2281
2282 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2283 return aexpr;
2284 }
2285
2286 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2287 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2288 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2289 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2290 one of them is true. */
2291
2292 static void
2293 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2294 {
2295 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2296 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2297 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2298 struct bp_location *loc;
2299
2300 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2301 bl->target_info.conditions.clear ();
2302
2303 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2304 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2305 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2306 side. */
2307 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2308 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2309 return;
2310
2311 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2312 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2313 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2314 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2315 response back to GDB. */
2316 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2317 {
2318 loc = (*loc2p);
2319 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2320 {
2321 if (modified)
2322 {
2323 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2324 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2325 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2326 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2327 loc->cond_bytecode = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2328 loc->cond.get ());
2329 }
2330
2331 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2332 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2333 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2334 {
2335 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2336 break;
2337 }
2338 }
2339 }
2340
2341 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2342 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2343 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2344
2345 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2346 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2347 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2348 {
2349 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2350 {
2351 loc = (*loc2p);
2352 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2353 {
2354 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2355 located. */
2356 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2357 return;
2358
2359 loc->cond_bytecode.reset ();
2360 }
2361 }
2362 }
2363
2364 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2365 for this location's address. */
2366 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2367 {
2368 loc = (*loc2p);
2369 if (loc->cond
2370 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2371 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2372 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2373 && loc->enabled)
2374 {
2375 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2376 to send the conditions to the target. */
2377 bl->target_info.conditions.push_back (loc->cond_bytecode.get ());
2378 }
2379 }
2380
2381 return;
2382 }
2383
2384 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2385 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2386 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2387
2388 static agent_expr_up
2389 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2390 {
2391 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2392 struct expression **argvec;
2393 const char *cmdrest;
2394 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2395 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2396 int nargs;
2397 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2398
2399 if (cmd == NULL)
2400 return NULL;
2401
2402 cmdrest = cmd;
2403
2404 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2405 ++cmdrest;
2406 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2407
2408 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2409 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2410
2411 format_start = cmdrest;
2412
2413 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2414
2415 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2416
2417 format_end = cmdrest;
2418
2419 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2420 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2421
2422 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2423
2424 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2425 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2426
2427 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2428 cmdrest++;
2429 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2430
2431 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2432
2433 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2434 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2435
2436 nargs = 0;
2437 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2438 {
2439 const char *cmd1;
2440
2441 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2442 expression_up expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2443 argvec[nargs++] = expr.release ();
2444 cmdrest = cmd1;
2445 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2446 ++cmdrest;
2447 }
2448
2449 agent_expr_up aexpr;
2450
2451 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2452 that may show up. */
2453 TRY
2454 {
2455 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2456 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2457 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2458 }
2459 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2460 {
2461 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2462 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2463 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2464 }
2465 END_CATCH
2466
2467 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2468
2469 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2470 return aexpr;
2471 }
2472
2473 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2474 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2475 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2476
2477 static void
2478 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2479 {
2480 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2481 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2482 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2483 struct bp_location *loc;
2484
2485 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2486 bl->target_info.tcommands.clear ();
2487
2488 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2489 return;
2490
2491 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2492 if (dprintf_style != dprintf_style_agent)
2493 return;
2494
2495 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2496 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2497 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2498 control. */
2499 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2500 {
2501 loc = (*loc2p);
2502 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2503 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2504 && loc->owner->type != bp_dprintf)
2505 return;
2506 }
2507
2508 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2509 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2510 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2511 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2512 response back to GDB. */
2513 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2514 {
2515 loc = (*loc2p);
2516 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2517 {
2518 if (modified)
2519 {
2520 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2521 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2522 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2523 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2524 loc->cmd_bytecode
2525 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2526 loc->owner->extra_string);
2527 }
2528
2529 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2530 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2531 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2532 {
2533 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2534 break;
2535 }
2536 }
2537 }
2538
2539 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2540 and so clean up. */
2541 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2542 {
2543 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2544 {
2545 loc = (*loc2p);
2546 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2547 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2548 {
2549 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2550 located. */
2551 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2552 return;
2553
2554 loc->cmd_bytecode.reset ();
2555 }
2556 }
2557 }
2558
2559 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2560 for this location's address. */
2561 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2562 {
2563 loc = (*loc2p);
2564 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2565 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2566 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2567 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2568 && loc->enabled)
2569 {
2570 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2571 to send the commands to the target. */
2572 bl->target_info.tcommands.push_back (loc->cmd_bytecode.get ());
2573 }
2574 }
2575
2576 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2577 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2578 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2579 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2580 }
2581
2582 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2583 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2584 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2585 registers state. */
2586
2587 static int
2588 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location *bl, CORE_ADDR *addr)
2589 {
2590 if (bl->owner->type == bp_single_step)
2591 {
2592 struct thread_info *thr = find_thread_global_id (bl->owner->thread);
2593 struct regcache *regcache;
2594
2595 regcache = get_thread_regcache (thr->ptid);
2596
2597 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl->gdbarch,
2598 regcache, addr);
2599 }
2600 else
2601 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl->gdbarch, addr);
2602 }
2603
2604 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2605 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2606 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2607 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2608 -1 for failure.
2609
2610 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2611 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2612 static int
2613 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2614 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2615 int *disabled_breaks,
2616 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2617 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2618 {
2619 enum errors bp_err = GDB_NO_ERROR;
2620 const char *bp_err_message = NULL;
2621
2622 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2623 return 0;
2624
2625 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2626 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2627 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2628 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2629 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2630 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2631 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2632 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2633 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2634 bl->target_info.reqstd_address = bl->address;
2635 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2636 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2637
2638 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2639 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2640 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2641 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2642
2643 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2644 {
2645 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2646 build_target_command_list (bl);
2647 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2648 bl->needs_update = 0;
2649 }
2650
2651 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2652 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2653 {
2654 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2655 {
2656 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2657 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2658 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2659
2660 Two important cases are:
2661 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2662 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2663 hardware breakpoint.
2664 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2665 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2666 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2667 so we undo.
2668
2669 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2670 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2671 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2672 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2673 gdb. */
2674 struct mem_region *mr
2675 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.reqstd_address);
2676
2677 if (mr)
2678 {
2679 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2680 {
2681 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2682
2683 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2684 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2685 else
2686 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2687
2688 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2689 {
2690 static int said = 0;
2691
2692 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2693 if (!said)
2694 {
2695 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2696 _("Note: automatically using "
2697 "hardware breakpoints for "
2698 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2699 said = 1;
2700 }
2701 }
2702 }
2703 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2704 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2705 {
2706 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2707 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2708 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2709 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2710 bl->owner->number,
2711 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2712 return 1;
2713 }
2714 }
2715 }
2716
2717 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2718 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2719 || bl->section == NULL
2720 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2721 {
2722 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2723 TRY
2724 {
2725 int val;
2726
2727 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2728 if (val)
2729 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2730 }
2731 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2732 {
2733 bp_err = e.error;
2734 bp_err_message = e.message;
2735 }
2736 END_CATCH
2737 }
2738 else
2739 {
2740 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2741 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2742 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2743 {
2744 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2745 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2746 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2747 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2748 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2749 bl->owner->number);
2750 else
2751 {
2752 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2753 bl->section);
2754 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2755 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2756 bl->overlay_target_info.reqstd_address = addr;
2757
2758 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2759 TRY
2760 {
2761 int val;
2762
2763 bl->overlay_target_info.kind
2764 = breakpoint_kind (bl, &addr);
2765 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2766 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2767 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2768 if (val)
2769 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2770 }
2771 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2772 {
2773 bp_err = e.error;
2774 bp_err_message = e.message;
2775 }
2776 END_CATCH
2777
2778 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2779 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2780 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2781 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2782 bl->owner->number);
2783 }
2784 }
2785 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2786 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2787 {
2788 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2789 TRY
2790 {
2791 int val;
2792
2793 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2794 if (val)
2795 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2796 }
2797 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2798 {
2799 bp_err = e.error;
2800 bp_err_message = e.message;
2801 }
2802 END_CATCH
2803 }
2804 else
2805 {
2806 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2807 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2808 return 0;
2809 }
2810 }
2811
2812 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2813 {
2814 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2815
2816 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2817 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2818 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2819 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2820 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2821 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2822 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2823 errors as memory errors. */
2824 if ((bp_err == GENERIC_ERROR || bp_err == MEMORY_ERROR)
2825 && bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2826 && (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
2827 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
2828 bl->address)))
2829 {
2830 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2831 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2832 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2833 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2834 {
2835 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2836 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2837 bl->owner->number);
2838 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2839 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2840 "library breakpoints:\n");
2841 }
2842 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2843 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2844 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2845 return 0;
2846 }
2847 else
2848 {
2849 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2850 {
2851 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2852 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_err_message != NULL;
2853 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2854 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2855 bl->owner->number, bp_err_message ? ":" : ".\n");
2856 if (bp_err_message != NULL)
2857 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", bp_err_message);
2858 }
2859 else
2860 {
2861 if (bp_err_message == NULL)
2862 {
2863 char *message
2864 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2865 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2866 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2867
2868 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2869 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2870 "%s\n",
2871 bl->owner->number, message);
2872 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2873 }
2874 else
2875 {
2876 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2877 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2878 bl->owner->number,
2879 bp_err_message);
2880 }
2881 }
2882 return 1;
2883
2884 }
2885 }
2886 else
2887 bl->inserted = 1;
2888
2889 return 0;
2890 }
2891
2892 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2893 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2894 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2895 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2896 {
2897 int val;
2898
2899 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2900 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2901
2902 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2903
2904 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2905 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2906 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2907 {
2908 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2909
2910 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2911 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2912 of this one. */
2913 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2914 if (loc != bl
2915 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2916 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2917 {
2918 bl->duplicate = 1;
2919 bl->inserted = 1;
2920 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2921 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2922 val = 0;
2923 break;
2924 }
2925
2926 if (val == 1)
2927 {
2928 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2929 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2930
2931 if (val)
2932 /* Back to the original value. */
2933 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2934 }
2935 }
2936
2937 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2938 }
2939
2940 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2941 {
2942 int val;
2943
2944 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2945 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2946
2947 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2948 if (val)
2949 {
2950 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2951
2952 if (val == 1)
2953 warning (_("\
2954 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2955 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2956 else
2957 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2958 }
2959
2960 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2961
2962 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2963 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2964 so just return success. */
2965 return 0;
2966 }
2967
2968 return 0;
2969 }
2970
2971 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2972 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2973 PSPACE anymore. */
2974
2975 void
2976 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2977 {
2978 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2979 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2980
2981 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2982 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2983 {
2984 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2985 delete_breakpoint (b);
2986 }
2987
2988 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2989 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2990 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2991 {
2992 struct bp_location *tmp;
2993
2994 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2995 {
2996 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2997 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2998 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2999 else
3000 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
3001 if (tmp->next == loc)
3002 {
3003 tmp->next = loc->next;
3004 break;
3005 }
3006 }
3007 }
3008
3009 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
3010 removed locations above. */
3011 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
3012 }
3013
3014 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
3015 Throws exception on any error.
3016 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
3017 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
3018 void
3019 insert_breakpoints (void)
3020 {
3021 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3022
3023 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3024 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
3025 {
3026 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
3027
3028 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3029 }
3030
3031 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
3032 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
3033 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
3034 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
3035 }
3036
3037 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3038
3039 void
3040 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
3041 {
3042 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
3043
3044 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
3045 {
3046 callback (loc, NULL);
3047 }
3048 }
3049
3050 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3051 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3052 always-inserted mode. */
3053
3054 static void
3055 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3056 {
3057 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3058 int error_flag = 0;
3059 int val = 0;
3060 int disabled_breaks = 0;
3061 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
3062 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
3063
3064 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3065 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3066
3067 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3068 there was an error. */
3069 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
3070
3071 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3072
3073 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3074 {
3075 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3076 breakpoints. */
3077 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
3078 continue;
3079
3080 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3081 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3082 deletion of breakpoints. */
3083 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
3084 continue;
3085
3086 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3087
3088 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3089 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3090 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3091 insert breakpoints. */
3092 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3093 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3094 continue;
3095
3096 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3097 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
3098 if (val)
3099 error_flag = val;
3100 }
3101
3102 if (error_flag)
3103 {
3104 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3105 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3106 }
3107
3108 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3109 }
3110
3111 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3112
3113 static void
3114 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3115 {
3116 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3117 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3118 int error_flag = 0;
3119 int val = 0;
3120 int disabled_breaks = 0;
3121 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
3122 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
3123
3124 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3125 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3126
3127 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3128 there was an error. */
3129 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
3130
3131 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3132
3133 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3134 {
3135 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
3136 continue;
3137
3138 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3139 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3140 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3141 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
3142 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
3143 continue;
3144
3145 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3146
3147 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3148 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3149 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3150 insert breakpoints. */
3151 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3152 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3153 continue;
3154
3155 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3156 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
3157 if (val)
3158 error_flag = val;
3159 }
3160
3161 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3162 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3163 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3164 {
3165 int some_failed = 0;
3166 struct bp_location *loc;
3167
3168 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
3169 continue;
3170
3171 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3172 continue;
3173
3174 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
3175 continue;
3176
3177 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3178 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
3179 {
3180 some_failed = 1;
3181 break;
3182 }
3183 if (some_failed)
3184 {
3185 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3186 if (loc->inserted)
3187 remove_breakpoint (loc);
3188
3189 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
3190 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3191 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3192 bpt->number);
3193 error_flag = -1;
3194 }
3195 }
3196
3197 if (error_flag)
3198 {
3199 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3200 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3201 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
3202 {
3203 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3204 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3205 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3206 }
3207 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3208 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3209 }
3210
3211 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3212 }
3213
3214 /* Used when the program stops.
3215 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3216 removing a breakpoint location. */
3217
3218 int
3219 remove_breakpoints (void)
3220 {
3221 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3222 int val = 0;
3223
3224 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3225 {
3226 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
3227 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl);
3228 }
3229 return val;
3230 }
3231
3232 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3233 that thread. */
3234
3235 static void
3236 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3237 {
3238 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3239
3240 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3241 {
3242 if (b->thread == tp->global_num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3243 {
3244 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3245
3246 printf_filtered (_("\
3247 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3248 b->number, print_thread_id (tp));
3249
3250 /* Hide it from the user. */
3251 b->number = 0;
3252 }
3253 }
3254 }
3255
3256 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3257
3258 int
3259 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
3260 {
3261 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3262 int val;
3263 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3264
3265 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3266 {
3267 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3268 continue;
3269
3270 if (bl->inserted && !bl->target_info.persist)
3271 {
3272 val = remove_breakpoint (bl);
3273 if (val != 0)
3274 return val;
3275 }
3276 }
3277 return 0;
3278 }
3279
3280 int
3281 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
3282 {
3283 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3284 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3285 int val;
3286 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
3287 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
3288 struct inferior *inf;
3289 struct thread_info *tp;
3290
3291 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
3292 if (tp == NULL)
3293 return 1;
3294
3295 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3296 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3297
3298 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
3299
3300 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3301 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3302
3303 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3304 {
3305 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3306 continue;
3307
3308 if (bl->inserted)
3309 {
3310 bl->inserted = 0;
3311 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
3312 if (val != 0)
3313 {
3314 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3315 return val;
3316 }
3317 }
3318 }
3319 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3320 return 0;
3321 }
3322
3323 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3324
3325 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3326 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3327 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3328 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3329 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3330 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3331 static void
3332 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3333 {
3334 if (internal)
3335 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3336 else
3337 {
3338 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3339 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3340 }
3341 }
3342
3343 static struct breakpoint *
3344 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3345 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3346 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3347 {
3348 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3349 struct breakpoint *b;
3350
3351 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3352
3353 sal.pc = address;
3354 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3355 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3356
3357 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3358 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3359 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3360
3361 return b;
3362 }
3363
3364 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3365 {
3366 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3367 };
3368 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3369
3370 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3371 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3372 {
3373 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3374 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym;
3375
3376 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3377 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3378
3379 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3380 int longjmp_searched;
3381
3382 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3383 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3384
3385 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3386 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym;
3387
3388 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3389 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym;
3390
3391 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3392 int exception_searched;
3393
3394 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3395 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3396 };
3397
3398 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3399
3400 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3401 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3402
3403 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3404
3405 static int
3406 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3407 {
3408 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3409 }
3410
3411 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3412 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3413
3414 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3415 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3416 {
3417 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3418
3419 bp_objfile_data = ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data *)
3420 objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key));
3421 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3422 {
3423 bp_objfile_data =
3424 XOBNEW (&objfile->objfile_obstack, struct breakpoint_objfile_data);
3425
3426 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3427 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3428 }
3429 return bp_objfile_data;
3430 }
3431
3432 static void
3433 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3434 {
3435 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data
3436 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data *) data;
3437
3438 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3439 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3440 }
3441
3442 static void
3443 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3444 {
3445 struct objfile *objfile;
3446 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3447
3448 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3449 {
3450 struct breakpoint *b;
3451 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3452 CORE_ADDR addr;
3453 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3454
3455 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3456
3457 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym))
3458 continue;
3459
3460 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym == NULL)
3461 {
3462 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3463
3464 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3465 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3466 {
3467 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3468 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3469 continue;
3470 }
3471 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3472 }
3473
3474 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3475 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3476 bp_overlay_event,
3477 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3478 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3479 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3480 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3481
3482 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3483 {
3484 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3485 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3486 }
3487 else
3488 {
3489 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3490 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3491 }
3492 }
3493 }
3494
3495 static void
3496 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3497 {
3498 struct program_space *pspace;
3499 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3500
3501 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3502
3503 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3504 {
3505 struct objfile *objfile;
3506
3507 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3508
3509 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3510 {
3511 int i;
3512 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3513 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3514
3515 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3516
3517 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3518
3519 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3520 {
3521 VEC (probe_p) *ret;
3522
3523 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3524 if (ret != NULL)
3525 {
3526 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3527 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3528
3529 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3530 {
3531 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3532 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3533 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3534 ret = NULL;
3535 }
3536 }
3537 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3538 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3539 }
3540
3541 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3542 {
3543 int i;
3544 struct probe *probe;
3545 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3546
3547 for (i = 0;
3548 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3549 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3550 i, probe);
3551 ++i)
3552 {
3553 struct breakpoint *b;
3554
3555 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3556 get_probe_address (probe,
3557 objfile),
3558 bp_longjmp_master,
3559 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3560 b->location
3561 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3562 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3563 }
3564
3565 continue;
3566 }
3567
3568 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3569 continue;
3570
3571 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3572 {
3573 struct breakpoint *b;
3574 const char *func_name;
3575 CORE_ADDR addr;
3576 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3577
3578 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym))
3579 continue;
3580
3581 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3582 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym == NULL)
3583 {
3584 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3585
3586 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3587 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3588 {
3589 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3590 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym = &msym_not_found;
3591 continue;
3592 }
3593 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3594 }
3595
3596 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3597 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3598 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3599 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3600 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3601 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3602 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3603 }
3604 }
3605 }
3606
3607 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3608 }
3609
3610 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3611 static void
3612 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3613 {
3614 struct program_space *pspace;
3615 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3616 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3617
3618 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3619
3620 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3621 {
3622 struct objfile *objfile;
3623 CORE_ADDR addr;
3624
3625 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3626
3627 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3628 {
3629 struct breakpoint *b;
3630 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3631 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3632
3633 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3634
3635 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym))
3636 continue;
3637
3638 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym == NULL)
3639 {
3640 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3641
3642 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3643 if (m.minsym == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_text
3644 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_file_text))
3645 {
3646 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3647 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3648 continue;
3649 }
3650 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3651 }
3652
3653 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3654 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3655 bp_std_terminate_master,
3656 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3657 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3658 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3659 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3660 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3661 }
3662 }
3663
3664 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3665 }
3666
3667 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3668
3669 static void
3670 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3671 {
3672 struct objfile *objfile;
3673 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3674
3675 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3676 {
3677 struct breakpoint *b;
3678 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3679 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3680 CORE_ADDR addr;
3681 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3682
3683 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3684
3685 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3686 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3687 {
3688 VEC (probe_p) *ret;
3689
3690 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3691
3692 if (ret != NULL)
3693 {
3694 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3695 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3696
3697 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3698 {
3699 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3700 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3701 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3702 ret = NULL;
3703 }
3704 }
3705 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3706 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3707 }
3708
3709 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3710 {
3711 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3712 int i;
3713 struct probe *probe;
3714
3715 for (i = 0;
3716 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3717 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3718 i, probe);
3719 ++i)
3720 {
3721 struct breakpoint *b;
3722
3723 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3724 get_probe_address (probe,
3725 objfile),
3726 bp_exception_master,
3727 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3728 b->location
3729 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3730 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3731 }
3732
3733 continue;
3734 }
3735
3736 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3737
3738 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym))
3739 continue;
3740
3741 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3742
3743 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym == NULL)
3744 {
3745 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook;
3746
3747 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3748 if (debug_hook.minsym == NULL)
3749 {
3750 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3751 continue;
3752 }
3753
3754 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3755 }
3756
3757 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3758 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3759 &current_target);
3760 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3761 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3762 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3763 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3764 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3765 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3766 }
3767 }
3768
3769 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3770
3771 static int
3772 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint *b)
3773 {
3774 return b->location != NULL && event_location_empty_p (b->location);
3775 }
3776
3777 void
3778 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3779 {
3780 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3781 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3782
3783 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3784 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3785 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3786 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3787 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3788 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3789 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3790 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3791 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3792 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3793 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3794
3795 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3796 {
3797 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3798 continue;
3799
3800 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3801 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3802 {
3803 delete_breakpoint (b);
3804 continue;
3805 }
3806
3807 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3808 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3809 {
3810 delete_breakpoint (b);
3811 continue;
3812 }
3813
3814 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3815 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3816 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3817 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3818 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3819 {
3820 delete_breakpoint (b);
3821 continue;
3822 }
3823
3824 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3825 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3826 {
3827 delete_breakpoint (b);
3828 continue;
3829 }
3830
3831 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3832 if (b->type == bp_single_step)
3833 {
3834 delete_breakpoint (b);
3835 continue;
3836 }
3837
3838 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3839 after an exec. */
3840 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3841 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3842 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3843 {
3844 delete_breakpoint (b);
3845 continue;
3846 }
3847
3848 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3849 {
3850 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3851 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3852 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3853 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3854 continue;
3855 }
3856
3857 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3858 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3859 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3860 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3861 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3862 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3863
3864 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3865 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3866 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3867 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3868 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3869 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3870 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3871
3872 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3873 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3874 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3875 let finish_command delete it.
3876
3877 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3878 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3879 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3880 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3881 solib breakpoints.) */
3882
3883 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3884 {
3885 continue;
3886 }
3887
3888 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3889 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3890 a.out. */
3891 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b))
3892 {
3893 delete_breakpoint (b);
3894 continue;
3895 }
3896 }
3897 }
3898
3899 int
3900 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3901 {
3902 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3903 int val = 0;
3904 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3905 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3906
3907 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3908 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3909
3910 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3911 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3912 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3913 {
3914 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3915 continue;
3916
3917 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3918 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3919 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3920 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3921 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3922 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3923 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3924 continue;
3925
3926 if (bl->inserted)
3927 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3928 }
3929
3930 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3931 return val;
3932 }
3933
3934 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3935 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3936 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3937 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3938 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3939
3940 static int
3941 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
3942 {
3943 int val;
3944
3945 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3946 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3947
3948 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3949 This should not ever happen. */
3950 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3951
3952 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3953 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3954 {
3955 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3956 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3957 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3958
3959 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3960 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3961 || bl->section == NULL
3962 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3963 {
3964 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3965
3966 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3967 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3968 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3969 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3970 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3971 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3972 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3973 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3974 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3975 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3976 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3977 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3978 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3979 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3980 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3981 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3982 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3983 they should always be removed. */
3984 if (bl->shlib_disabled
3985 && bl->target_info.shadow_len != 0
3986 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info))
3987 val = 0;
3988 else
3989 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3990 }
3991 else
3992 {
3993 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3994 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3995 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3996 {
3997 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3998 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3999 */
4000 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
4001 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
4002 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4003 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
4004 &bl->overlay_target_info);
4005 else
4006 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
4007 &bl->overlay_target_info,
4008 reason);
4009 }
4010 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
4011 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
4012 if (bl->inserted)
4013 {
4014 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
4015 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
4016 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
4017 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
4018
4019 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
4020 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
4021 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
4022 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4023 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4024 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
4025 else
4026 val = 0;
4027 }
4028 else
4029 {
4030 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
4031 val = 0;
4032 }
4033 }
4034
4035 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
4036 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
4037 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
4038 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
4039 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
4040 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
4041 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
4042 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
4043 always-inserted mode. */
4044 if (val
4045 && (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4046 && (bl->shlib_disabled
4047 || solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
4048 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
4049 bl->address))))
4050 val = 0;
4051
4052 if (val)
4053 return val;
4054 bl->inserted = (reason == DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
4055 }
4056 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
4057 {
4058 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
4059 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
4060
4061 bl->inserted = (reason == DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
4062 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
4063
4064 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4065 if (reason == REMOVE_BREAKPOINT && bl->inserted)
4066 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4067 bl->owner->number);
4068 }
4069 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
4070 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4071 && !bl->duplicate)
4072 {
4073 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
4074 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
4075
4076 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
4077 if (val)
4078 return val;
4079
4080 bl->inserted = (reason == DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
4081 }
4082
4083 return 0;
4084 }
4085
4086 static int
4087 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
4088 {
4089 int ret;
4090 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4091
4092 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4093 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
4094
4095 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4096 This should not ever happen. */
4097 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
4098
4099 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
4100
4101 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
4102
4103 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT);
4104
4105 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4106 return ret;
4107 }
4108
4109 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4110
4111 void
4112 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4113 {
4114 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4115
4116 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4117 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
4118 bl->inserted = 0;
4119 }
4120
4121 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4122 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4123
4124 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4125 between runs.
4126
4127 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4128 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4129 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4130
4131
4132
4133 void
4134 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
4135 {
4136 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
4137 struct bp_location *bl;
4138 int ix;
4139 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
4140
4141 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4142 nothing to do. */
4143 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4144 return;
4145
4146 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4147
4148 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
4149 {
4150 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
4151 continue;
4152
4153 switch (b->type)
4154 {
4155 case bp_call_dummy:
4156 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
4157
4158 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4159 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4160 rid of it. */
4161
4162 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4163
4164 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4165
4166 case bp_shlib_event:
4167
4168 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4169 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4170 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4171 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4172 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4173
4174 (gdb) file prog-linux
4175 (gdb) run # native linux target
4176 ...
4177 (gdb) kill
4178 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4179 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4180 */
4181
4182 case bp_step_resume:
4183
4184 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4185
4186 case bp_single_step:
4187
4188 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4189
4190 delete_breakpoint (b);
4191 break;
4192
4193 case bp_watchpoint:
4194 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4195 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4196 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4197 {
4198 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4199
4200 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4201 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
4202 delete_breakpoint (b);
4203 else
4204 {
4205 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
4206 valid. New ones will be created in
4207 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
4208 The next update_global_location_list call will
4209 garbage collect them. */
4210 b->loc = NULL;
4211
4212 if (context == inf_starting)
4213 {
4214 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4215 insert_breakpoints. */
4216 if (w->val)
4217 value_free (w->val);
4218 w->val = NULL;
4219 w->val_valid = 0;
4220 }
4221 }
4222 }
4223 break;
4224 default:
4225 break;
4226 }
4227 }
4228
4229 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4230 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
4231 decref_bp_location (&bl);
4232 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
4233 }
4234
4235 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4236 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4237 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4238 match, not program space. */
4239
4240 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4241 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4242 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4243 permanent breakpoint.
4244 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4245 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4246 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4247 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4248 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4249
4250 enum breakpoint_here
4251 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4252 {
4253 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4254 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
4255
4256 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4257 {
4258 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4259 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4260 continue;
4261
4262 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4263 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4264 || bl->permanent)
4265 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4266 {
4267 if (overlay_debugging
4268 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4269 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4270 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4271 else if (bl->permanent)
4272 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
4273 else
4274 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
4275 }
4276 }
4277
4278 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : no_breakpoint_here;
4279 }
4280
4281 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4282
4283 int
4284 breakpoint_in_range_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4285 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4286 {
4287 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4288
4289 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4290 {
4291 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4292 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4293 continue;
4294
4295 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4296 || bl->permanent)
4297 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl, aspace,
4298 addr, len))
4299 {
4300 if (overlay_debugging
4301 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4302 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4303 {
4304 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4305 continue;
4306 }
4307
4308 return 1;
4309 }
4310 }
4311
4312 return 0;
4313 }
4314
4315 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4316
4317 int
4318 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4319 {
4320 struct bp_location *loc;
4321 int ix;
4322
4323 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4324 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4325 return 1;
4326
4327 return 0;
4328 }
4329
4330 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4331 ASPACE. */
4332
4333 static int
4334 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location *bl,
4335 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4336 {
4337 if (bl->inserted
4338 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4339 aspace, pc))
4340 {
4341 if (overlay_debugging
4342 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4343 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4344 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4345 else
4346 return 1;
4347 }
4348 return 0;
4349 }
4350
4351 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4352
4353 int
4354 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4355 {
4356 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4357
4358 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4359 {
4360 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4361
4362 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4363 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4364 continue;
4365
4366 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4367 return 1;
4368 }
4369 return 0;
4370 }
4371
4372 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4373 inserted at PC. */
4374
4375 int
4376 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4377 CORE_ADDR pc)
4378 {
4379 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4380
4381 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4382 {
4383 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4384
4385 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4386 continue;
4387
4388 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4389 return 1;
4390 }
4391
4392 return 0;
4393 }
4394
4395 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4396
4397 int
4398 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4399 CORE_ADDR pc)
4400 {
4401 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4402
4403 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4404 {
4405 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4406
4407 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4408 continue;
4409
4410 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4411 return 1;
4412 }
4413
4414 return 0;
4415 }
4416
4417 int
4418 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
4419 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4420 {
4421 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4422
4423 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4424 {
4425 struct bp_location *loc;
4426
4427 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4428 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4429 continue;
4430
4431 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4432 continue;
4433
4434 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4435 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4436 {
4437 CORE_ADDR l, h;
4438
4439 /* Check for intersection. */
4440 l = std::max<CORE_ADDR> (loc->address, addr);
4441 h = std::min<CORE_ADDR> (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4442 if (l < h)
4443 return 1;
4444 }
4445 }
4446 return 0;
4447 }
4448 \f
4449
4450 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4451 in breakpoint.h. */
4452
4453 int
4454 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4455 {
4456 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4457 }
4458
4459 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4460 'next' chain. */
4461
4462 static void
4463 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4464 {
4465 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4466 value_free (bs->old_val);
4467 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4468 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4469 xfree (bs);
4470 }
4471
4472 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4473 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4474
4475 void
4476 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4477 {
4478 bpstat p;
4479 bpstat q;
4480
4481 if (bsp == 0)
4482 return;
4483 p = *bsp;
4484 while (p != NULL)
4485 {
4486 q = p->next;
4487 bpstat_free (p);
4488 p = q;
4489 }
4490 *bsp = NULL;
4491 }
4492
4493 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4494 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4495
4496 bpstat
4497 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4498 {
4499 bpstat p = NULL;
4500 bpstat tmp;
4501 bpstat retval = NULL;
4502
4503 if (bs == NULL)
4504 return bs;
4505
4506 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4507 {
4508 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4509 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4510 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4511 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4512 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4513 {
4514 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4515 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4516 }
4517
4518 if (p == NULL)
4519 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4520 retval = tmp;
4521 else
4522 p->next = tmp;
4523 p = tmp;
4524 }
4525 p->next = NULL;
4526 return retval;
4527 }
4528
4529 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4530
4531 bpstat
4532 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4533 {
4534 if (bsp == NULL)
4535 return NULL;
4536
4537 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4538 {
4539 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4540 return bsp;
4541 }
4542 return NULL;
4543 }
4544
4545 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4546
4547 int
4548 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4549 {
4550 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4551 {
4552 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4553 {
4554 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4555 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
4556 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4557 return 1;
4558 }
4559 else
4560 {
4561 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4562 sig))
4563 return 1;
4564 }
4565 }
4566
4567 return 0;
4568 }
4569
4570 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4571 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4572 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4573 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4574
4575 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4576 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4577 we set it.
4578 Return 1 otherwise. */
4579
4580 int
4581 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4582 {
4583 struct breakpoint *b;
4584
4585 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4586 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4587
4588 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4589 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4590 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4591 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4592 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4593 if (b == NULL)
4594 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4595
4596 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4597 return 1;
4598 }
4599
4600 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4601
4602 void
4603 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4604 {
4605 struct thread_info *tp;
4606 bpstat bs;
4607
4608 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4609 return;
4610
4611 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4612 if (tp == NULL)
4613 return;
4614
4615 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4616 {
4617 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4618
4619 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4620 {
4621 value_free (bs->old_val);
4622 bs->old_val = NULL;
4623 }
4624 }
4625 }
4626
4627 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4628
4629 static void
4630 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4631 {
4632 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4633 {
4634 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4635
4636 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4637 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4638 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4639 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4640 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4641 return;
4642 }
4643
4644 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4645 }
4646
4647 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4648 command. */
4649 static void
4650 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4651 {
4652 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4653 }
4654
4655 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4656 or its equivalent. */
4657
4658 static int
4659 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4660 {
4661 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0);
4662 }
4663
4664 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4665 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4666 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4667 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4668
4669 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4670 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4671 bpstat of the current thread. */
4672
4673 static int
4674 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4675 {
4676 bpstat bs;
4677 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4678 int again = 0;
4679
4680 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4681 in bs->commands. */
4682 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4683 return 0;
4684
4685 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4686 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4687
4688 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4689
4690 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4691 bs = *bsp;
4692
4693 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4694 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4695 {
4696 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4697 struct command_line *cmd;
4698 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4699
4700 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4701
4702 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4703 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4704 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4705 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4706 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4707 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4708 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4709 the tree when we're done. */
4710 ccmd = bs->commands;
4711 bs->commands = NULL;
4712 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4713 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4714 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4715 {
4716 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4717 cmd = cmd->next;
4718 }
4719
4720 while (cmd != NULL)
4721 {
4722 execute_control_command (cmd);
4723
4724 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4725 break;
4726 else
4727 cmd = cmd->next;
4728 }
4729
4730 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4731 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4732
4733 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4734 {
4735 if (current_ui->async)
4736 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4737 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4738 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4739 ;
4740 else
4741 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4742 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4743 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4744 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4745 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4746 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4747 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4748 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4749 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4750 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4751 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4752 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4753 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4754 again = 1;
4755 break;
4756 }
4757 }
4758 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4759 return again;
4760 }
4761
4762 void
4763 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4764 {
4765 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4766
4767 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4768 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4769 && target_has_execution
4770 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4771 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4772 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4773 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4774 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4775 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4776 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4777 break;
4778
4779 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4780 }
4781
4782 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4783
4784 static void
4785 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4786 {
4787 if (val == NULL)
4788 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4789 else
4790 {
4791 struct value_print_options opts;
4792 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4793 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4794 }
4795 }
4796
4797 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4798 debugging multiple threads. */
4799
4800 void
4801 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out *uiout)
4802 {
4803 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
4804 return;
4805
4806 uiout->text ("\n");
4807
4808 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4809 {
4810 const char *name;
4811 struct thread_info *thr = inferior_thread ();
4812
4813 uiout->text ("Thread ");
4814 uiout->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr));
4815
4816 name = thr->name != NULL ? thr->name : target_thread_name (thr);
4817 if (name != NULL)
4818 {
4819 uiout->text (" \"");
4820 uiout->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name);
4821 uiout->text ("\"");
4822 }
4823
4824 uiout->text (" hit ");
4825 }
4826 }
4827
4828 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4829 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4830 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4831 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4832 normal_stop(). */
4833
4834 static enum print_stop_action
4835 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4836 {
4837 switch (bs->print_it)
4838 {
4839 case print_it_noop:
4840 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4841 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4842 break;
4843
4844 case print_it_done:
4845 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4846 relevant messages. */
4847 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4848 break;
4849
4850 case print_it_normal:
4851 {
4852 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4853
4854 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4855 which has since been deleted. */
4856 if (b == NULL)
4857 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4858
4859 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4860 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4861 }
4862 break;
4863
4864 default:
4865 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4866 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4867 break;
4868 }
4869 }
4870
4871 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4872
4873 static void
4874 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4875 {
4876 int any_deleted
4877 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4878 int any_added
4879 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4880
4881 if (!is_catchpoint)
4882 {
4883 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4884 current_uiout->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4885 else
4886 current_uiout->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4887 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4888 }
4889
4890 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
4891 current_uiout->field_string ("reason",
4892 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4893
4894 if (any_deleted)
4895 {
4896 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4897 char *name;
4898 int ix;
4899
4900 current_uiout->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4901 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4902 "removed");
4903 for (ix = 0;
4904 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4905 ix, name);
4906 ++ix)
4907 {
4908 if (ix > 0)
4909 current_uiout->text (" ");
4910 current_uiout->field_string ("library", name);
4911 current_uiout->text ("\n");
4912 }
4913
4914 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4915 }
4916
4917 if (any_added)
4918 {
4919 struct so_list *iter;
4920 int ix;
4921 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4922
4923 current_uiout->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4924 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4925 "added");
4926 for (ix = 0;
4927 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4928 ix, iter);
4929 ++ix)
4930 {
4931 if (ix > 0)
4932 current_uiout->text (" ");
4933 current_uiout->field_string ("library", iter->so_name);
4934 current_uiout->text ("\n");
4935 }
4936
4937 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4938 }
4939 }
4940
4941 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4942 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4943 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4944 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4945 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4946 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4947 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4948 routine is one of:
4949
4950 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4951 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4952 code to print the location. An example is
4953 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4954 the location.
4955 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4956 to also print the location part of the message.
4957 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4958 don't require a location appended to the end.
4959 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4960 further info to be printed. */
4961
4962 enum print_stop_action
4963 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4964 {
4965 enum print_stop_action val;
4966
4967 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4968 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4969 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4970 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4971 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4972 {
4973 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4974 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4975 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4976 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4977 return val;
4978 }
4979
4980 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4981 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4982 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4983 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4984 {
4985 print_solib_event (0);
4986 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4987 }
4988
4989 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4990 with and nothing was printed. */
4991 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4992 }
4993
4994 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4995 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4996 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4997 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4998 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4999 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
5000
5001 static int
5002 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
5003 {
5004 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5005 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
5006
5007 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5008 return i;
5009 }
5010
5011 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
5012
5013 static bpstat
5014 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
5015 {
5016 bpstat bs;
5017
5018 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
5019 bs->next = NULL;
5020 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
5021 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
5022 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
5023 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
5024 incref_bp_location (bl);
5025 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
5026 bs->commands = NULL;
5027 bs->old_val = NULL;
5028 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
5029 return bs;
5030 }
5031 \f
5032 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
5033 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
5034
5035 int
5036 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5037 {
5038 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
5039 CORE_ADDR addr;
5040 struct breakpoint *b;
5041
5042 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
5043 {
5044 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
5045 as not triggered. */
5046 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5047 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
5048 {
5049 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5050
5051 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
5052 }
5053
5054 return 0;
5055 }
5056
5057 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
5058 {
5059 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
5060 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
5061 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5062 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
5063 {
5064 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5065
5066 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
5067 }
5068
5069 return 1;
5070 }
5071
5072 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
5073 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
5074 triggered. */
5075
5076 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5077 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
5078 {
5079 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5080 struct bp_location *loc;
5081
5082 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
5083 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
5084 {
5085 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
5086 {
5087 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
5088 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
5089
5090 if (newaddr == start)
5091 {
5092 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5093 break;
5094 }
5095 }
5096 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5097 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
5098 addr, loc->address,
5099 loc->length))
5100 {
5101 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5102 break;
5103 }
5104 }
5105 }
5106
5107 return 1;
5108 }
5109
5110 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5111 because of check_errors). */
5112 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5113 #define WP_DELETED 1
5114 /* The value has changed. */
5115 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5116 /* The value has not changed. */
5117 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5118 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5119 #define WP_IGNORE 4
5120
5121 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5122 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5123
5124 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5125 changed.
5126
5127 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5128 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5129
5130 static int
5131 watchpoint_check (void *p)
5132 {
5133 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
5134 struct watchpoint *b;
5135 struct frame_info *fr;
5136 int within_current_scope;
5137
5138 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5139 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
5140 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5141
5142 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5143 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5144 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5145 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
5146 return WP_IGNORE;
5147
5148 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
5149 within_current_scope = 1;
5150 else
5151 {
5152 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
5153 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5154 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
5155
5156 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5157 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5158 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5159 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5160 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5161 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5162 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5163 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5164 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5165 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
5166 return WP_IGNORE;
5167
5168 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
5169 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
5170
5171 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5172 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5173 if (within_current_scope)
5174 {
5175 struct symbol *function;
5176
5177 function = get_frame_function (fr);
5178 if (function == NULL
5179 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
5180 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
5181 within_current_scope = 0;
5182 }
5183
5184 if (within_current_scope)
5185 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5186 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5187 the user. */
5188 select_frame (fr);
5189 }
5190
5191 if (within_current_scope)
5192 {
5193 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5194 time before we return to the command level and call
5195 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5196 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5197
5198 int pc = 0;
5199 struct value *mark;
5200 struct value *new_val;
5201
5202 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
5203 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5204 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5205 a mask watchpoint. */
5206 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5207
5208 mark = value_mark ();
5209 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp.get (), &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
5210
5211 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
5212 new_val = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, new_val);
5213
5214 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5215 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5216 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5217 not what we want. */
5218 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
5219 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
5220 {
5221 if (new_val != NULL)
5222 {
5223 release_value (new_val);
5224 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5225 }
5226 bs->old_val = b->val;
5227 b->val = new_val;
5228 b->val_valid = 1;
5229 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5230 }
5231 else
5232 {
5233 /* Nothing changed. */
5234 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5235 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
5236 }
5237 }
5238 else
5239 {
5240 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5241 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5242 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5243 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5244 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5245 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5246 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5247 the first value assigned). */
5248 /* We print all the stop information in
5249 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5250 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5251 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5252 here. */
5253
5254 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5255 {
5256 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5257
5258 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
5259 uiout->field_string
5260 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
5261 uiout->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
5262 uiout->field_int ("wpnum", b->base.number);
5263 uiout->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
5264 "which its expression is valid.\n");
5265 }
5266
5267 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5268 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
5269 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5270
5271 return WP_DELETED;
5272 }
5273 }
5274
5275 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5276 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5277 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5278
5279 static int
5280 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
5281 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
5282 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5283 {
5284 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
5285
5286 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5287 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5288
5289 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
5290 }
5291
5292 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5293 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5294
5295 static void
5296 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
5297 {
5298 const struct bp_location *bl;
5299 struct watchpoint *b;
5300
5301 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5302 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5303 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5304 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5305 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5306
5307 {
5308 int must_check_value = 0;
5309
5310 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5311 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5312 watched value. */
5313 must_check_value = 1;
5314 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
5315 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5316 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5317 this watchpoint. */
5318 must_check_value = 1;
5319 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
5320 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5321 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5322 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5323 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5324 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5325 must_check_value = 1;
5326
5327 if (must_check_value)
5328 {
5329 char *message
5330 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5331 b->base.number);
5332 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
5333 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
5334 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5335 do_cleanups (cleanups);
5336 switch (e)
5337 {
5338 case WP_DELETED:
5339 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5340 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5341 /* Stop. */
5342 break;
5343 case WP_IGNORE:
5344 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5345 bs->stop = 0;
5346 break;
5347 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5348 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5349 {
5350 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5351
5352 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5353 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5354 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5355 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5356 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5357 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5358 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5359 old value.
5360
5361 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5362 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5363 happen:
5364
5365 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5366 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5367 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5368 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5369
5370 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5371 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5372 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5373 watchpoint.
5374
5375 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5376 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5377 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5378 changes. This still gives false positives when
5379 the program writes the same value to memory as
5380 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5381 it for a read), but it's much better than
5382 nothing. */
5383
5384 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5385
5386 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5387 {
5388 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5389
5390 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5391 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5392 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5393 {
5394 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5395 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5396
5397 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5398 == watch_triggered_yes)
5399 {
5400 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5401 break;
5402 }
5403 }
5404 }
5405
5406 if (other_write_watchpoint
5407 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5408 {
5409 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5410 and the value changed since the last time we
5411 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5412 Ignore it. */
5413 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5414 bs->stop = 0;
5415 }
5416 }
5417 break;
5418 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5419 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5420 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5421 {
5422 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5423 the value hasn't changed. */
5424 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5425 bs->stop = 0;
5426 }
5427 /* Stop. */
5428 break;
5429 default:
5430 /* Can't happen. */
5431 case 0:
5432 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5433 {
5434 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5435 {
5436 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5437 b->base.number);
5438 }
5439 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5440 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5441 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5442 }
5443 break;
5444 }
5445 }
5446 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5447 {
5448 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5449 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5450 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5451 anything for this watchpoint. */
5452 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5453 bs->stop = 0;
5454 }
5455 }
5456 }
5457
5458 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5459 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5460 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5461 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5462
5463 static void
5464 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5465 {
5466 const struct bp_location *bl;
5467 struct breakpoint *b;
5468 int value_is_zero = 0;
5469 struct expression *cond;
5470
5471 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5472
5473 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5474 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5475 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5476 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5477 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5478
5479 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5480 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5481 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5482
5483 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5484 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5485 {
5486 bs->stop = 0;
5487 return;
5488 }
5489
5490 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5491 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5492 thread/task. */
5493 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != ptid_to_global_thread_id (ptid))
5494 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (ptid)))
5495
5496 {
5497 bs->stop = 0;
5498 return;
5499 }
5500
5501 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5502 implemented. */
5503 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5504
5505 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5506 {
5507 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5508
5509 cond = w->cond_exp.get ();
5510 }
5511 else
5512 cond = bl->cond.get ();
5513
5514 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5515 {
5516 int within_current_scope = 1;
5517 struct watchpoint * w;
5518
5519 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5520 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5521 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5522 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5523 function call. */
5524 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5525
5526 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5527 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5528 else
5529 w = NULL;
5530
5531 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5532 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5533 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5534 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5535 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5536 call site. */
5537 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5538 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5539 else
5540 {
5541 struct frame_info *frame;
5542
5543 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5544 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5545 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5546 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5547 really matter which instantiation of the function
5548 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5549 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5550 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5551 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5552 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5553 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5554 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5555 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5556 intuitive. */
5557 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5558 if (frame != NULL)
5559 select_frame (frame);
5560 else
5561 within_current_scope = 0;
5562 }
5563 if (within_current_scope)
5564 value_is_zero
5565 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5566 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5567 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5568 else
5569 {
5570 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5571 "in the current scope"));
5572 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5573 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5574 value_is_zero = 0;
5575 }
5576 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5577 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5578 }
5579
5580 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5581 {
5582 bs->stop = 0;
5583 }
5584 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5585 {
5586 b->ignore_count--;
5587 bs->stop = 0;
5588 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5589 ++(b->hit_count);
5590 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5591 }
5592 }
5593
5594 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5595 on the current target. */
5596
5597 static int
5598 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location *loc)
5599 {
5600 return ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5601 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5602 || (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5603 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5604 }
5605
5606
5607 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5608 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5609
5610 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5611 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5612 that:
5613
5614 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5615
5616 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5617
5618 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5619 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5620 several reasons concurrently.)
5621
5622 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5623 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5624
5625 bpstat
5626 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5627 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5628 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5629 {
5630 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5631 struct bp_location *bl;
5632 struct bp_location *loc;
5633 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5634 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5635 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5636 bpstat bs;
5637 int ix;
5638 int need_remove_insert;
5639 int removed_any;
5640
5641 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5642 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5643 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5644 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5645 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5646 inferior function calls. */
5647
5648 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5649 {
5650 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
5651 continue;
5652
5653 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5654 {
5655 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5656 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5657 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5658 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5659 checked all locations already. */
5660 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5661 break;
5662
5663 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5664 continue;
5665
5666 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5667 continue;
5668
5669 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5670 matches. */
5671
5672 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5673 explain stop. */
5674
5675 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5676 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5677 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5678 bs->stop = 1;
5679 bs->print = 1;
5680
5681 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5682 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5683 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5684 iteration. */
5685 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5686 {
5687 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5688
5689 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5690 }
5691 }
5692 }
5693
5694 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5695 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5696 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5697 {
5698 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5699 {
5700 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr)
5701 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc))
5702 {
5703 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5704 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5705 bs->stop = 0;
5706 bs->print = 0;
5707 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5708 }
5709 }
5710 }
5711
5712 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5713 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5714 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5715 "catch unload". */
5716 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5717 {
5718 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5719 {
5720 handle_solib_event ();
5721 break;
5722 }
5723 }
5724
5725 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5726 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5727 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5728
5729 removed_any = 0;
5730
5731 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5732 {
5733 if (!bs->stop)
5734 continue;
5735
5736 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5737 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5738 if (bs->stop)
5739 {
5740 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5741
5742 if (bs->stop)
5743 {
5744 ++(b->hit_count);
5745 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5746
5747 /* We will stop here. */
5748 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5749 {
5750 --(b->enable_count);
5751 if (b->enable_count <= 0)
5752 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5753 removed_any = 1;
5754 }
5755 if (b->silent)
5756 bs->print = 0;
5757 bs->commands = b->commands;
5758 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5759 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5760 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5761 bs->print = 0;
5762
5763 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5764 }
5765
5766 }
5767
5768 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5769 print. */
5770 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5771 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5772 }
5773
5774 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5775 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5776 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5777 done later. */
5778 need_remove_insert = 0;
5779 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5780 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5781 if (!bs->stop
5782 && bs->breakpoint_at
5783 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5784 {
5785 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5786
5787 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5788 need_remove_insert = 1;
5789 }
5790
5791 if (need_remove_insert)
5792 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
5793 else if (removed_any)
5794 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
5795
5796 return bs_head;
5797 }
5798
5799 static void
5800 handle_jit_event (void)
5801 {
5802 struct frame_info *frame;
5803 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5804
5805 if (debug_infrun)
5806 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5807
5808 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5809 breakpoint_re_set. */
5810 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5811
5812 frame = get_current_frame ();
5813 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5814
5815 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5816
5817 target_terminal_inferior ();
5818 }
5819
5820 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5821
5822 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5823
5824 struct bpstat_what
5825 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5826 {
5827 struct bpstat_what retval;
5828 bpstat bs;
5829
5830 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5831 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5832 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5833
5834 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5835 {
5836 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5837 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5838 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5839 enum bptype bptype;
5840
5841 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5842 {
5843 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5844 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5845 bptype = bp_none;
5846 }
5847 else
5848 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5849
5850 switch (bptype)
5851 {
5852 case bp_none:
5853 break;
5854 case bp_breakpoint:
5855 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5856 case bp_single_step:
5857 case bp_until:
5858 case bp_finish:
5859 case bp_shlib_event:
5860 if (bs->stop)
5861 {
5862 if (bs->print)
5863 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5864 else
5865 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5866 }
5867 else
5868 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5869 break;
5870 case bp_watchpoint:
5871 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5872 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5873 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5874 if (bs->stop)
5875 {
5876 if (bs->print)
5877 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5878 else
5879 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5880 }
5881 else
5882 {
5883 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5884 This requires no further action. */
5885 }
5886 break;
5887 case bp_longjmp:
5888 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5889 case bp_exception:
5890 if (bs->stop)
5891 {
5892 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5893 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5894 }
5895 else
5896 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5897 break;
5898 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5899 case bp_exception_resume:
5900 if (bs->stop)
5901 {
5902 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5903 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5904 }
5905 else
5906 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5907 break;
5908 case bp_step_resume:
5909 if (bs->stop)
5910 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5911 else
5912 {
5913 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5914 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5915 }
5916 break;
5917 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5918 if (bs->stop)
5919 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5920 else
5921 {
5922 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5923 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5924 }
5925 break;
5926 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5927 case bp_thread_event:
5928 case bp_overlay_event:
5929 case bp_longjmp_master:
5930 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5931 case bp_exception_master:
5932 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5933 break;
5934 case bp_catchpoint:
5935 if (bs->stop)
5936 {
5937 if (bs->print)
5938 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5939 else
5940 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5941 }
5942 else
5943 {
5944 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5945 This requires no further action. */
5946 }
5947 break;
5948 case bp_jit_event:
5949 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5950 break;
5951 case bp_call_dummy:
5952 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5953 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5954 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5955 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5956 break;
5957 case bp_std_terminate:
5958 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5959 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5960 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5961 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5962 break;
5963 case bp_tracepoint:
5964 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5965 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5966 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5967 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5968 out already. */
5969 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5970 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5971 break;
5972 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5973 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5974 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5975 break;
5976 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5977 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5978 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5979 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5980 break;
5981
5982 case bp_dprintf:
5983 if (bs->stop)
5984 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5985 else
5986 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5987 break;
5988
5989 default:
5990 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5991 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5992 }
5993
5994 retval.main_action = std::max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5995 }
5996
5997 return retval;
5998 }
5999
6000 void
6001 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head)
6002 {
6003 bpstat bs;
6004
6005 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
6006 {
6007 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6008
6009 if (b == NULL)
6010 continue;
6011 switch (b->type)
6012 {
6013 case bp_jit_event:
6014 handle_jit_event ();
6015 break;
6016 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6017 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
6018 break;
6019 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6020 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
6021 break;
6022 }
6023 }
6024 }
6025
6026 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
6027 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
6028 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
6029
6030 int
6031 bpstat_should_step (void)
6032 {
6033 struct breakpoint *b;
6034
6035 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6036 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
6037 return 1;
6038 return 0;
6039 }
6040
6041 int
6042 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
6043 {
6044 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
6045 if (bs->stop)
6046 return 1;
6047
6048 return 0;
6049 }
6050
6051 \f
6052
6053 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
6054 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
6055 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
6056
6057 static char *
6058 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
6059 {
6060 static char wrap_indent[80];
6061 int i, total_width, width, align;
6062 const char *text;
6063
6064 total_width = 0;
6065 for (i = 1; uiout->query_table_field (i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
6066 {
6067 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
6068 {
6069 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
6070 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
6071 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
6072
6073 return wrap_indent;
6074 }
6075
6076 total_width += width + 1;
6077 }
6078
6079 return NULL;
6080 }
6081
6082 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
6083 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
6084
6085 "host": Host evals condition.
6086 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
6087 "target": Target evals condition.
6088 */
6089
6090 static const char *
6091 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
6092 {
6093 struct bp_location *bl;
6094 char host_evals = 0;
6095 char target_evals = 0;
6096
6097 if (!b)
6098 return NULL;
6099
6100 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
6101 return NULL;
6102
6103 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6104 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6105 return condition_evaluation_host;
6106
6107 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6108 {
6109 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
6110 target_evals++;
6111 else
6112 host_evals++;
6113 }
6114
6115 if (host_evals && target_evals)
6116 return condition_evaluation_both;
6117 else if (target_evals)
6118 return condition_evaluation_target;
6119 else
6120 return condition_evaluation_host;
6121 }
6122
6123 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6124 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6125
6126 static const char *
6127 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
6128 {
6129 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
6130 return NULL;
6131
6132 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6133 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6134 return condition_evaluation_host;
6135
6136 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
6137 return condition_evaluation_target;
6138 else
6139 return condition_evaluation_host;
6140 }
6141
6142 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6143
6144 static void
6145 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6146 struct bp_location *loc)
6147 {
6148 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6149 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
6150
6151 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
6152 loc = NULL;
6153
6154 if (loc != NULL)
6155 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
6156
6157 if (b->display_canonical)
6158 uiout->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b->location));
6159 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
6160 {
6161 struct symbol *sym
6162 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
6163 if (sym)
6164 {
6165 uiout->text ("in ");
6166 uiout->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
6167 uiout->text (" ");
6168 uiout->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
6169 uiout->text ("at ");
6170 }
6171 uiout->field_string ("file",
6172 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
6173 uiout->text (":");
6174
6175 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6176 uiout->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
6177
6178 uiout->field_int ("line", loc->line_number);
6179 }
6180 else if (loc)
6181 {
6182 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
6183 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
6184
6185 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
6186 demangle, "");
6187 uiout->field_stream ("at", stb);
6188
6189 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
6190 }
6191 else
6192 {
6193 uiout->field_string ("pending", event_location_to_string (b->location));
6194 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6195 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6196 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6197 if (!uiout->is_mi_like_p () && b->extra_string != NULL)
6198 {
6199 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
6200 uiout->text (",");
6201 else
6202 uiout->text (" ");
6203 uiout->text (b->extra_string);
6204 }
6205 }
6206
6207 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
6208 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6209 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
6210 {
6211 uiout->text (" (");
6212 uiout->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6213 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
6214 uiout->text (")");
6215 }
6216
6217 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6218 }
6219
6220 static const char *
6221 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
6222 {
6223 struct ep_type_description
6224 {
6225 enum bptype type;
6226 char *description;
6227 };
6228 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
6229 {
6230 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
6231 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
6232 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
6233 {bp_single_step, "sw single-step"},
6234 {bp_until, "until"},
6235 {bp_finish, "finish"},
6236 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
6237 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
6238 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
6239 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
6240 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
6241 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
6242 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6243 {bp_exception, "exception"},
6244 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
6245 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
6246 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
6247 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
6248 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
6249 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
6250 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
6251 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
6252 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
6253 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
6254 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
6255 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
6256 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
6257 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
6258 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
6259 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
6260 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
6261 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
6262 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6263 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6264 };
6265
6266 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
6267 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
6268 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6269 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6270 (int) type);
6271
6272 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
6273 }
6274
6275 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6276 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6277
6278 static void
6279 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
6280 const char *field_name,
6281 VEC(int) *inf_num,
6282 int mi_only)
6283 {
6284 struct cleanup *back_to;
6285 int is_mi = uiout->is_mi_like_p ();
6286 int inf;
6287 int i;
6288
6289 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6290 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6291 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
6292 return;
6293
6294 back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, field_name);
6295
6296 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
6297 {
6298 if (is_mi)
6299 {
6300 char mi_group[10];
6301
6302 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
6303 uiout->field_string (NULL, mi_group);
6304 }
6305 else
6306 {
6307 if (i == 0)
6308 uiout->text (" inf ");
6309 else
6310 uiout->text (", ");
6311
6312 uiout->text (plongest (inf));
6313 }
6314 }
6315
6316 do_cleanups (back_to);
6317 }
6318
6319 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6320
6321 static void
6322 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6323 struct bp_location *loc,
6324 int loc_number,
6325 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6326 int allflag)
6327 {
6328 struct command_line *l;
6329 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
6330
6331 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6332 int header_of_multiple = 0;
6333 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
6334 struct value_print_options opts;
6335
6336 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6337
6338 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
6339 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6340 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6341 if (loc == NULL
6342 && (b->loc != NULL
6343 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6344 header_of_multiple = 1;
6345 if (loc == NULL)
6346 loc = b->loc;
6347
6348 annotate_record ();
6349
6350 /* 1 */
6351 annotate_field (0);
6352 if (part_of_multiple)
6353 {
6354 char *formatted;
6355 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6356 uiout->field_string ("number", formatted);
6357 xfree (formatted);
6358 }
6359 else
6360 {
6361 uiout->field_int ("number", b->number);
6362 }
6363
6364 /* 2 */
6365 annotate_field (1);
6366 if (part_of_multiple)
6367 uiout->field_skip ("type");
6368 else
6369 uiout->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b->type));
6370
6371 /* 3 */
6372 annotate_field (2);
6373 if (part_of_multiple)
6374 uiout->field_skip ("disp");
6375 else
6376 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6377
6378
6379 /* 4 */
6380 annotate_field (3);
6381 if (part_of_multiple)
6382 uiout->field_string ("enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6383 else
6384 uiout->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6385 uiout->spaces (2);
6386
6387
6388 /* 5 and 6 */
6389 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6390 {
6391 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6392 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6393 make sure there's just one location. */
6394 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
6395 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6396 }
6397 else
6398 switch (b->type)
6399 {
6400 case bp_none:
6401 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6402 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6403 break;
6404
6405 case bp_watchpoint:
6406 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6407 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6408 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6409 {
6410 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6411
6412 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6413 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6414 is relatively readable). */
6415 if (opts.addressprint)
6416 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
6417 annotate_field (5);
6418 uiout->field_string ("what", w->exp_string);
6419 }
6420 break;
6421
6422 case bp_breakpoint:
6423 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6424 case bp_single_step:
6425 case bp_until:
6426 case bp_finish:
6427 case bp_longjmp:
6428 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6429 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6430 case bp_exception:
6431 case bp_exception_resume:
6432 case bp_step_resume:
6433 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6434 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6435 case bp_call_dummy:
6436 case bp_std_terminate:
6437 case bp_shlib_event:
6438 case bp_thread_event:
6439 case bp_overlay_event:
6440 case bp_longjmp_master:
6441 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6442 case bp_exception_master:
6443 case bp_tracepoint:
6444 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6445 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6446 case bp_dprintf:
6447 case bp_jit_event:
6448 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6449 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6450 if (opts.addressprint)
6451 {
6452 annotate_field (4);
6453 if (header_of_multiple)
6454 uiout->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6455 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6456 uiout->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6457 else
6458 uiout->field_core_addr ("addr",
6459 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6460 }
6461 annotate_field (5);
6462 if (!header_of_multiple)
6463 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6464 if (b->loc)
6465 *last_loc = b->loc;
6466 break;
6467 }
6468
6469
6470 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6471 {
6472 struct inferior *inf;
6473 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6474 int mi_only = 1;
6475
6476 ALL_INFERIORS (inf)
6477 {
6478 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6479 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6480 }
6481
6482 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6483 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6484 if (allflag
6485 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6486 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6487 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6488 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6489 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6490 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6491 mi_only = 0;
6492 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6493 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6494 }
6495
6496 if (!part_of_multiple)
6497 {
6498 if (b->thread != -1)
6499 {
6500 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6501 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6502 uiout->text (" thread ");
6503 uiout->field_int ("thread", b->thread);
6504 }
6505 else if (b->task != 0)
6506 {
6507 uiout->text (" task ");
6508 uiout->field_int ("task", b->task);
6509 }
6510 }
6511
6512 uiout->text ("\n");
6513
6514 if (!part_of_multiple)
6515 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6516
6517 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6518 {
6519 annotate_field (6);
6520 uiout->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6521 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6522 the frame ID. */
6523 uiout->field_core_addr ("frame",
6524 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6525 uiout->text ("\n");
6526 }
6527
6528 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6529 {
6530 annotate_field (7);
6531 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6532 uiout->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6533 else
6534 uiout->text ("\tstop only if ");
6535 uiout->field_string ("cond", b->cond_string);
6536
6537 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6538 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6539 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6540 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6541 == condition_evaluation_target)
6542 {
6543 uiout->text (" (");
6544 uiout->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6545 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6546 uiout->text (" evals)");
6547 }
6548 uiout->text ("\n");
6549 }
6550
6551 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6552 {
6553 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6554 uiout->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6555 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6556 uiout->field_int ("thread", b->thread);
6557 else
6558 {
6559 struct thread_info *thr = find_thread_global_id (b->thread);
6560
6561 uiout->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr));
6562 }
6563 uiout->text ("\n");
6564 }
6565
6566 if (!part_of_multiple)
6567 {
6568 if (b->hit_count)
6569 {
6570 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6571 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6572 uiout->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6573 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6574 uiout->text ("\ttracepoint");
6575 else
6576 uiout->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6577 uiout->text (" already hit ");
6578 uiout->field_int ("times", b->hit_count);
6579 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6580 uiout->text (" time\n");
6581 else
6582 uiout->text (" times\n");
6583 }
6584 else
6585 {
6586 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6587 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6588 uiout->field_int ("times", b->hit_count);
6589 }
6590 }
6591
6592 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6593 {
6594 annotate_field (8);
6595 uiout->text ("\tignore next ");
6596 uiout->field_int ("ignore", b->ignore_count);
6597 uiout->text (" hits\n");
6598 }
6599
6600 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6601 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6602 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6603 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6604 {
6605 annotate_field (8);
6606 uiout->text ("\tdisable after ");
6607 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6608 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6609 if (b->ignore_count)
6610 uiout->text ("additional ");
6611 else
6612 uiout->text ("next ");
6613 uiout->field_int ("enable", b->enable_count);
6614 uiout->text (" hits\n");
6615 }
6616
6617 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6618 {
6619 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6620
6621 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6622 {
6623 uiout->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6624 uiout->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6625 uiout->text (" bytes\n");
6626 }
6627 }
6628
6629 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6630 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6631 {
6632 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6633
6634 annotate_field (9);
6635 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6636 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6637 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6638 }
6639
6640 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6641 {
6642 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6643
6644 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6645 {
6646 annotate_field (10);
6647 uiout->text ("\tpass count ");
6648 uiout->field_int ("pass", t->pass_count);
6649 uiout->text (" \n");
6650 }
6651
6652 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6653 pending. */
6654 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6655 {
6656 annotate_field (11);
6657
6658 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6659 uiout->field_string ("installed",
6660 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6661 else
6662 {
6663 if (loc->inserted)
6664 uiout->text ("\t");
6665 else
6666 uiout->text ("\tnot ");
6667 uiout->text ("installed on target\n");
6668 }
6669 }
6670 }
6671
6672 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple)
6673 {
6674 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6675 {
6676 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6677
6678 uiout->field_string ("original-location", w->exp_string);
6679 }
6680 else if (b->location != NULL
6681 && event_location_to_string (b->location) != NULL)
6682 uiout->field_string ("original-location",
6683 event_location_to_string (b->location));
6684 }
6685 }
6686
6687 static void
6688 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6689 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6690 int allflag)
6691 {
6692 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6693 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6694
6695 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6696
6697 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6698 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6699
6700 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6701 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6702 locations, if any. */
6703 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6704 {
6705 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6706 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6707 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6708 situation.
6709
6710 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6711 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6712 if (b->loc
6713 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6714 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6715 {
6716 struct bp_location *loc;
6717 int n = 1;
6718
6719 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6720 {
6721 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6722 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6723 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6724 do_cleanups (inner2);
6725 }
6726 }
6727 }
6728 }
6729
6730 static int
6731 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6732 {
6733 int print_address_bits = 0;
6734 struct bp_location *loc;
6735
6736 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6737 address to print. */
6738 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b))
6739 return 0;
6740
6741 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6742 {
6743 int addr_bit;
6744
6745 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6746 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6747 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6748 }
6749
6750 return print_address_bits;
6751 }
6752
6753 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6754 {
6755 int bnum;
6756 };
6757
6758 static int
6759 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6760 {
6761 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args
6762 = (struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *) data;
6763 struct breakpoint *b;
6764 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6765
6766 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6767 {
6768 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6769 {
6770 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6771 return GDB_RC_OK;
6772 }
6773 }
6774 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6775 }
6776
6777 enum gdb_rc
6778 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6779 char **error_message)
6780 {
6781 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6782
6783 args.bnum = bnum;
6784 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6785 an error. */
6786 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6787 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6788 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6789 else
6790 return GDB_RC_OK;
6791 }
6792
6793 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6794 internal or momentary. */
6795
6796 int
6797 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6798 {
6799 return b->number > 0;
6800 }
6801
6802 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6803
6804 int
6805 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6806 {
6807 return b->loc == NULL;
6808 }
6809
6810 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6811 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6812 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6813 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6814 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6815 breakpoints listed. */
6816
6817 static int
6818 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6819 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6820 {
6821 struct breakpoint *b;
6822 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6823 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6824 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6825 struct value_print_options opts;
6826 int print_address_bits = 0;
6827 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6828 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6829
6830 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6831
6832 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6833 required for address fields. */
6834 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6835 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6836 {
6837 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6838 if (filter && !filter (b))
6839 continue;
6840
6841 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6842 accept. Skip the others. */
6843 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6844 {
6845 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6846 continue;
6847 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6848 continue;
6849 }
6850
6851 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6852 {
6853 int addr_bit, type_len;
6854
6855 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6856 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6857 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6858
6859 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6860 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6861 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6862
6863 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6864 }
6865 }
6866
6867 if (opts.addressprint)
6868 bkpttbl_chain
6869 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6870 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6871 "BreakpointTable");
6872 else
6873 bkpttbl_chain
6874 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6875 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6876 "BreakpointTable");
6877
6878 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6879 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6880 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6881 annotate_field (0);
6882 uiout->table_header (7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6883 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6884 annotate_field (1);
6885 uiout->table_header (print_type_col_width, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6886 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6887 annotate_field (2);
6888 uiout->table_header (4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6889 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6890 annotate_field (3);
6891 uiout->table_header (3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6892 if (opts.addressprint)
6893 {
6894 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6895 annotate_field (4);
6896 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6897 uiout->table_header (10, ui_left, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6898 else
6899 uiout->table_header (18, ui_left, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6900 }
6901 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6902 annotate_field (5);
6903 uiout->table_header (40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6904 uiout->table_body ();
6905 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6906 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6907
6908 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6909 {
6910 QUIT;
6911 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6912 if (filter && !filter (b))
6913 continue;
6914
6915 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6916 accept. Skip the others. */
6917
6918 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6919 {
6920 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6921 {
6922 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6923 continue;
6924 }
6925 else /* all others */
6926 {
6927 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6928 continue;
6929 }
6930 }
6931 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6932 allflag is set. */
6933 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6934 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6935 }
6936
6937 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6938
6939 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6940 {
6941 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6942 empty list. */
6943 if (!filter)
6944 {
6945 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6946 uiout->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6947 else
6948 uiout->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6949 args);
6950 }
6951 }
6952 else
6953 {
6954 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6955 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6956 }
6957
6958 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6959 there have been breakpoints? */
6960 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6961
6962 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6963 }
6964
6965 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6966 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6967
6968 static void
6969 default_collect_info (void)
6970 {
6971 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6972
6973 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6974 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6975 not wanted. */
6976 if (!*default_collect)
6977 return;
6978
6979 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6980 actions. */
6981 uiout->text ("default collect ");
6982 uiout->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect);
6983 uiout->text (" \n");
6984 }
6985
6986 static void
6987 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6988 {
6989 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6990
6991 default_collect_info ();
6992 }
6993
6994 static void
6995 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6996 {
6997 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6998 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6999
7000 if (num_printed == 0)
7001 {
7002 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
7003 uiout->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
7004 else
7005 uiout->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
7006 }
7007 }
7008
7009 static void
7010 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
7011 {
7012 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
7013
7014 default_collect_info ();
7015 }
7016
7017 static int
7018 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
7019 struct program_space *pspace,
7020 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
7021 {
7022 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
7023
7024 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
7025 {
7026 if (bl->pspace == pspace
7027 && bl->address == pc
7028 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
7029 return 1;
7030 }
7031 return 0;
7032 }
7033
7034 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
7035 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
7036 address spaces. */
7037
7038 static void
7039 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7040 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
7041 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
7042 {
7043 int others = 0;
7044 struct breakpoint *b;
7045
7046 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7047 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
7048 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
7049 if (others > 0)
7050 {
7051 if (others == 1)
7052 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
7053 else /* if (others == ???) */
7054 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
7055 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7056 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
7057 {
7058 others--;
7059 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
7060 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
7061 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
7062 else if (b->thread != -1)
7063 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
7064 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
7065 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
7066 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
7067 ? " (disabled)"
7068 : ""),
7069 (others > 1) ? ","
7070 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
7071 }
7072 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
7073 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
7074 printf_filtered (".\n");
7075 }
7076 }
7077 \f
7078
7079 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
7080 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
7081 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
7082 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
7083
7084 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
7085 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
7086 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
7087 breakpoint location at address zero:
7088
7089 bp_watchpoint
7090 bp_catchpoint
7091
7092 */
7093
7094 static int
7095 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7096 {
7097 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
7098
7099 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
7100 }
7101
7102 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
7103 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
7104
7105 static int
7106 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
7107 struct bp_location *loc2)
7108 {
7109 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
7110 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
7111
7112 /* Both of them must exist. */
7113 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
7114 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
7115
7116 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7117 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7118 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7119 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7120 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7121 other watchpoint. */
7122 if ((w1->cond_exp
7123 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
7124 loc1->length,
7125 loc1->watchpoint_type,
7126 w1->cond_exp.get ()))
7127 || (w2->cond_exp
7128 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
7129 loc2->length,
7130 loc2->watchpoint_type,
7131 w2->cond_exp.get ())))
7132 return 0;
7133
7134 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7135 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7136 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7137 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7138 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7139 become hw_access locations later. */
7140 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
7141 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
7142 && loc1->address == loc2->address
7143 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
7144 }
7145
7146 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7147
7148 int
7149 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
7150 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
7151 {
7152 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7153 || aspace1 == aspace2)
7154 && addr1 == addr2);
7155 }
7156
7157 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7158 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7159 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7160 space doesn't really matter. */
7161
7162 static int
7163 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
7164 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
7165 CORE_ADDR addr2)
7166 {
7167 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7168 || aspace1 == aspace2)
7169 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
7170 }
7171
7172 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7173 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7174 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7175 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7176
7177 static int
7178 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
7179 struct address_space *aspace,
7180 CORE_ADDR addr)
7181 {
7182 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
7183 aspace, addr)
7184 || (bl->length
7185 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
7186 bl->address, bl->length,
7187 aspace, addr)));
7188 }
7189
7190 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
7191 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
7192 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
7193 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
7194 doesn't really matter. */
7195
7196 static int
7197 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location *bl,
7198 struct address_space *aspace,
7199 CORE_ADDR addr, int len)
7200 {
7201 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7202 || bl->pspace->aspace == aspace)
7203 {
7204 int bl_len = bl->length != 0 ? bl->length : 1;
7205
7206 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr, len, bl->address, bl_len))
7207 return 1;
7208 }
7209 return 0;
7210 }
7211
7212 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7213 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7214 true, otherwise returns false. */
7215
7216 static int
7217 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
7218 struct bp_location *loc2)
7219 {
7220 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
7221 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7222 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7223 different locations. */
7224 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
7225 else
7226 return 0;
7227 }
7228
7229 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7230 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7231 represent the same location. */
7232
7233 static int
7234 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
7235 struct bp_location *loc2)
7236 {
7237 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
7238
7239 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7240 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
7241 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
7242
7243 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
7244 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
7245
7246 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
7247 return 0;
7248 else if (hw_point1)
7249 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7250 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
7251 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7252 else
7253 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7254 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
7255 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
7256 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
7257 }
7258
7259 static void
7260 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
7261 int bnum, int have_bnum)
7262 {
7263 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7264 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7265 char astr1[64];
7266 char astr2[64];
7267
7268 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
7269 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
7270 if (have_bnum)
7271 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7272 bnum, astr1, astr2);
7273 else
7274 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
7275 }
7276
7277 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7278 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7279 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7280 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7281
7282 static CORE_ADDR
7283 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7284 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
7285 {
7286 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
7287 {
7288 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7289 return bpaddr;
7290 }
7291 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
7292 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
7293 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
7294 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
7295 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
7296 {
7297 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7298 have their addresses modified. */
7299 return bpaddr;
7300 }
7301 else if (bptype == bp_single_step)
7302 {
7303 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7304 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7305 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7306 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7307 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7308 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7309 return bpaddr;
7310 }
7311 else
7312 {
7313 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
7314
7315 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7316 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7317 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
7318
7319 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7320 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7321 is required. */
7322 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
7323 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
7324
7325 return adjusted_bpaddr;
7326 }
7327 }
7328
7329 void
7330 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
7331 struct breakpoint *owner)
7332 {
7333 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
7334
7335 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7336
7337 loc->ops = ops;
7338 loc->owner = owner;
7339 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
7340 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
7341 loc->enabled = 1;
7342
7343 switch (owner->type)
7344 {
7345 case bp_breakpoint:
7346 case bp_single_step:
7347 case bp_until:
7348 case bp_finish:
7349 case bp_longjmp:
7350 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7351 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
7352 case bp_exception:
7353 case bp_exception_resume:
7354 case bp_step_resume:
7355 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7356 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7357 case bp_call_dummy:
7358 case bp_std_terminate:
7359 case bp_shlib_event:
7360 case bp_thread_event:
7361 case bp_overlay_event:
7362 case bp_jit_event:
7363 case bp_longjmp_master:
7364 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7365 case bp_exception_master:
7366 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7367 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7368 case bp_dprintf:
7369 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
7370 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7371 break;
7372 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7373 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
7374 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7375 break;
7376 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7377 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7378 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7379 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
7380 break;
7381 case bp_watchpoint:
7382 case bp_catchpoint:
7383 case bp_tracepoint:
7384 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7385 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7386 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
7387 break;
7388 default:
7389 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7390 }
7391
7392 loc->refc = 1;
7393 }
7394
7395 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7396
7397 static struct bp_location *
7398 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7399 {
7400 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
7401 }
7402
7403 static void
7404 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
7405 {
7406 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
7407 delete loc;
7408 }
7409
7410 /* Increment reference count. */
7411
7412 static void
7413 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7414 {
7415 ++bl->refc;
7416 }
7417
7418 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7419 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7420
7421 static void
7422 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7423 {
7424 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7425
7426 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7427 free_bp_location (*blp);
7428 *blp = NULL;
7429 }
7430
7431 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7432
7433 static void
7434 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
7435 {
7436 struct breakpoint *b1;
7437
7438 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7439 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7440
7441 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7442 if (b1 == 0)
7443 breakpoint_chain = b;
7444 else
7445 {
7446 while (b1->next)
7447 b1 = b1->next;
7448 b1->next = b;
7449 }
7450 }
7451
7452 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7453
7454 static void
7455 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7456 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7457 enum bptype bptype,
7458 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7459 {
7460 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
7461
7462 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7463
7464 b->ops = ops;
7465 b->type = bptype;
7466 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7467 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7468 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7469 b->thread = -1;
7470 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7471 b->next = 0;
7472 b->silent = 0;
7473 b->ignore_count = 0;
7474 b->commands = NULL;
7475 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
7476 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7477 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
7478 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7479 b->location = NULL;
7480 }
7481
7482 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7483 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7484
7485 static struct breakpoint *
7486 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7487 enum bptype bptype,
7488 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7489 {
7490 struct breakpoint *b = new breakpoint ();
7491
7492 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7493 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7494 return b;
7495 }
7496
7497 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7498 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7499 enough. */
7500
7501 static void
7502 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7503 {
7504 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7505
7506 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7507 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7508 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7509 {
7510 int is_gnu_ifunc;
7511 const char *function_name;
7512 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7513
7514 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7515 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7516
7517 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7518 {
7519 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7520
7521 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7522 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7523 &loc->requested_address))
7524 {
7525 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7526 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7527 loc->requested_address,
7528 b->type);
7529 }
7530 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7531 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7532 {
7533 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7534 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7535 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7536 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7537 breakpoint. */
7538 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7539 }
7540 }
7541
7542 if (function_name)
7543 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7544 }
7545 }
7546
7547 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7548 struct gdbarch *
7549 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7550 {
7551 if (sal.section)
7552 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7553 if (sal.symtab)
7554 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal.symtab));
7555
7556 return NULL;
7557 }
7558
7559 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7560 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7561 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7562
7563 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7564 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7565 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7566
7567 static void
7568 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7569 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7570 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7571 {
7572 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7573
7574 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7575
7576 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7577 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7578
7579 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7580 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7581 program space. */
7582 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7583 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7584 }
7585
7586 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7587 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7588 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7589 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7590 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7591 is also returned as the value of this function.
7592
7593 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7594 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7595 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7596 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7597 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7598 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7599 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7600
7601 struct breakpoint *
7602 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7603 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7604 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7605 {
7606 struct breakpoint *b = new breakpoint ();
7607
7608 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7609 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7610 return b;
7611 }
7612
7613 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7614 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7615 initiated the operation. */
7616
7617 void
7618 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7619 {
7620 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7621 int thread = tp->global_num;
7622
7623 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7624 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7625 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7626 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7627 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7628 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7629 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7630 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7631 {
7632 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7633 struct breakpoint *clone;
7634
7635 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7636 after their removal. */
7637 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7638 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7639 clone->thread = thread;
7640 }
7641
7642 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7643 }
7644
7645 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7646 void
7647 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7648 {
7649 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7650
7651 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7652 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7653 {
7654 if (b->thread == thread)
7655 delete_breakpoint (b);
7656 }
7657 }
7658
7659 void
7660 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7661 {
7662 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7663
7664 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7665 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7666 {
7667 if (b->thread == thread)
7668 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7669 }
7670 }
7671
7672 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7673 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7674 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7675 breakpoints. */
7676
7677 struct breakpoint *
7678 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7679 {
7680 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7681
7682 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7683 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7684 {
7685 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7686
7687 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7688 &momentary_breakpoint_ops,
7689 1);
7690 new_b->thread = ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7691
7692 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7693
7694 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7695 if (retval == NULL)
7696 retval = new_b;
7697 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7698 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7699 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7700 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7701 }
7702
7703 return retval;
7704 }
7705
7706 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7707 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7708 stack.
7709
7710 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7711 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7712 frames. */
7713
7714 void
7715 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info *tp)
7716 {
7717 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7718
7719 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7720 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == tp->global_num)
7721 {
7722 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7723
7724 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7725 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7726 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7727 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7728 continue;
7729
7730 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id, tp->ptid);
7731
7732 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7733 {
7734 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7735 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7736 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7737 }
7738 delete_breakpoint (b);
7739 }
7740 }
7741
7742 void
7743 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7744 {
7745 struct breakpoint *b;
7746
7747 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7748 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7749 {
7750 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7751 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7752 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7753 }
7754 }
7755
7756 void
7757 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7758 {
7759 struct breakpoint *b;
7760
7761 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7762 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7763 {
7764 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7765 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
7766 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7767 }
7768 }
7769
7770 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7771 master breakpoint. */
7772 void
7773 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7774 {
7775 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7776
7777 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7778 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7779 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7780 {
7781 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7782 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7783 }
7784 }
7785
7786 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7787 void
7788 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7789 {
7790 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7791
7792 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7793 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7794 delete_breakpoint (b);
7795 }
7796
7797 struct breakpoint *
7798 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7799 {
7800 struct breakpoint *b;
7801
7802 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7803 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7804
7805 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7806 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7807 b->location = new_address_location (b->loc->address, NULL, 0);
7808
7809 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7810
7811 return b;
7812 }
7813
7814 struct lang_and_radix
7815 {
7816 enum language lang;
7817 int radix;
7818 };
7819
7820 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7821
7822 struct breakpoint *
7823 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7824 {
7825 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7826 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7827 }
7828
7829 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7830
7831 void
7832 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7833 {
7834 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7835
7836 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7837 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7838 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7839 delete_breakpoint (b);
7840 }
7841
7842 void
7843 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7844 {
7845 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7846
7847 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7848 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7849 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7850 delete_breakpoint (b);
7851 }
7852
7853 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7854
7855 void
7856 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7857 {
7858 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7859
7860 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7861 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7862 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7863 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7864 }
7865
7866 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7867 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7868 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7869
7870 static struct breakpoint *
7871 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address,
7872 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
7873 {
7874 struct breakpoint *b;
7875
7876 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7877 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7878 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode);
7879 return b;
7880 }
7881
7882 struct breakpoint *
7883 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7884 {
7885 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7886 }
7887
7888 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7889
7890 struct breakpoint *
7891 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7892 {
7893 struct breakpoint *b;
7894
7895 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7896 locations. */
7897 b = create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_INSERT);
7898 if (!b->loc->inserted)
7899 {
7900 delete_breakpoint (b);
7901 return NULL;
7902 }
7903 return b;
7904 }
7905
7906 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7907 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7908
7909 void
7910 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7911 {
7912 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7913
7914 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7915 {
7916 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7917 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7918
7919 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7920 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7921 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7922 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7923 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7924 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7925 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7926 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7927 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7928 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7929 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7930 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7931 )
7932 {
7933 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7934 }
7935 }
7936 }
7937
7938 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7939 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7940 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7941
7942 static void
7943 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7944 {
7945 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7946 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7947
7948 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7949 {
7950 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7951 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7952
7953 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7954 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7955 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7956 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7957 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7958 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7959 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7960 || is_tracepoint (b))
7961 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7962 {
7963 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7964 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7965 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7966 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7967 loc->inserted = 0;
7968
7969 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7970 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7971
7972 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7973 {
7974 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7975 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7976 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7977 solib->so_name);
7978 }
7979 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7980 }
7981 }
7982 }
7983
7984 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7985 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7986 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7987
7988 static void
7989 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7990 {
7991 struct breakpoint *b;
7992
7993 if (objfile == NULL)
7994 return;
7995
7996 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7997 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7998 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7999 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
8000 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
8001 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
8002 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
8003 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
8004 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
8005 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
8006 main objfile). */
8007 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) == 0
8008 || (objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED) == 0)
8009 return;
8010
8011 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8012 {
8013 struct bp_location *loc;
8014 int bp_modified = 0;
8015
8016 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
8017 continue;
8018
8019 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
8020 {
8021 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
8022
8023 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
8024 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
8025 continue;
8026
8027 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
8028 continue;
8029
8030 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
8031 continue;
8032
8033 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
8034 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
8035 continue;
8036
8037 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
8038 {
8039 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
8040 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
8041 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
8042 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
8043 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
8044 unmapped. */
8045
8046 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
8047
8048 bp_modified = 1;
8049 }
8050 }
8051
8052 if (bp_modified)
8053 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
8054 }
8055 }
8056
8057 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
8058
8059 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
8060 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
8061 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
8062 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8063 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8064
8065 struct fork_catchpoint
8066 {
8067 /* The base class. */
8068 struct breakpoint base;
8069
8070 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
8071 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
8072 catchpoint has triggered. */
8073 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
8074 };
8075
8076 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8077 catchpoints. */
8078
8079 static int
8080 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
8081 {
8082 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8083 }
8084
8085 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8086 catchpoints. */
8087
8088 static int
8089 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
8090 {
8091 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8092 }
8093
8094 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8095 catchpoints. */
8096
8097 static int
8098 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
8099 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8100 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8101 {
8102 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8103
8104 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
8105 return 0;
8106
8107 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
8108 return 1;
8109 }
8110
8111 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8112 catchpoints. */
8113
8114 static enum print_stop_action
8115 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
8116 {
8117 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8118 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8119 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8120
8121 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8122 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8123 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8124 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8125 else
8126 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
8127 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8128 {
8129 uiout->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
8130 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8131 }
8132 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
8133 uiout->text (" (forked process ");
8134 uiout->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8135 uiout->text ("), ");
8136 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8137 }
8138
8139 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8140 catchpoints. */
8141
8142 static void
8143 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8144 {
8145 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8146 struct value_print_options opts;
8147 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8148
8149 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8150
8151 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8152 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8153 readable). */
8154 if (opts.addressprint)
8155 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
8156 annotate_field (5);
8157 uiout->text ("fork");
8158 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
8159 {
8160 uiout->text (", process ");
8161 uiout->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8162 uiout->spaces (1);
8163 }
8164
8165 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8166 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
8167 }
8168
8169 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8170 catchpoints. */
8171
8172 static void
8173 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
8174 {
8175 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
8176 }
8177
8178 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8179 catchpoints. */
8180
8181 static void
8182 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8183 {
8184 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
8185 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8186 }
8187
8188 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8189
8190 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
8191
8192 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8193 catchpoints. */
8194
8195 static int
8196 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
8197 {
8198 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8199 }
8200
8201 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8202 catchpoints. */
8203
8204 static int
8205 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
8206 {
8207 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8208 }
8209
8210 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8211 catchpoints. */
8212
8213 static int
8214 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
8215 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8216 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8217 {
8218 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8219
8220 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
8221 return 0;
8222
8223 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
8224 return 1;
8225 }
8226
8227 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8228 catchpoints. */
8229
8230 static enum print_stop_action
8231 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
8232 {
8233 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8234 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8235 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8236
8237 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8238 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8239 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8240 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8241 else
8242 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
8243 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8244 {
8245 uiout->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
8246 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8247 }
8248 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
8249 uiout->text (" (vforked process ");
8250 uiout->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8251 uiout->text ("), ");
8252 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8253 }
8254
8255 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8256 catchpoints. */
8257
8258 static void
8259 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8260 {
8261 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8262 struct value_print_options opts;
8263 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8264
8265 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8266 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8267 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8268 readable). */
8269 if (opts.addressprint)
8270 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
8271 annotate_field (5);
8272 uiout->text ("vfork");
8273 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
8274 {
8275 uiout->text (", process ");
8276 uiout->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8277 uiout->spaces (1);
8278 }
8279
8280 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8281 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
8282 }
8283
8284 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8285 catchpoints. */
8286
8287 static void
8288 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
8289 {
8290 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
8291 }
8292
8293 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8294 catchpoints. */
8295
8296 static void
8297 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8298 {
8299 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
8300 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8301 }
8302
8303 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8304
8305 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
8306
8307 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8308 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8309 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8310 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8311 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8312
8313 struct solib_catchpoint
8314 {
8315 /* The base class. */
8316 struct breakpoint base;
8317
8318 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8319 unsigned char is_load;
8320
8321 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8322 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8323 char *regex;
8324 regex_t compiled;
8325 };
8326
8327 static void
8328 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8329 {
8330 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8331
8332 if (self->regex)
8333 regfree (&self->compiled);
8334 xfree (self->regex);
8335
8336 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8337 }
8338
8339 static int
8340 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8341 {
8342 return 0;
8343 }
8344
8345 static int
8346 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
8347 {
8348 return 0;
8349 }
8350
8351 static int
8352 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
8353 struct address_space *aspace,
8354 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8355 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8356 {
8357 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8358 struct breakpoint *other;
8359
8360 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
8361 return 1;
8362
8363 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
8364 {
8365 struct bp_location *other_bl;
8366
8367 if (other == bl->owner)
8368 continue;
8369
8370 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
8371 continue;
8372
8373 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
8374 continue;
8375
8376 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
8377 {
8378 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
8379 return 1;
8380 }
8381 }
8382
8383 return 0;
8384 }
8385
8386 static void
8387 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
8388 {
8389 struct solib_catchpoint *self
8390 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8391 int ix;
8392
8393 if (self->is_load)
8394 {
8395 struct so_list *iter;
8396
8397 for (ix = 0;
8398 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
8399 ix, iter);
8400 ++ix)
8401 {
8402 if (!self->regex
8403 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8404 return;
8405 }
8406 }
8407 else
8408 {
8409 char *iter;
8410
8411 for (ix = 0;
8412 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
8413 ix, iter);
8414 ++ix)
8415 {
8416 if (!self->regex
8417 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8418 return;
8419 }
8420 }
8421
8422 bs->stop = 0;
8423 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
8424 }
8425
8426 static enum print_stop_action
8427 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
8428 {
8429 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8430 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8431
8432 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8433 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8434 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8435 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8436 else
8437 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
8438 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
8439 uiout->text ("\n");
8440 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8441 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8442 print_solib_event (1);
8443 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8444 }
8445
8446 static void
8447 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
8448 {
8449 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8450 struct value_print_options opts;
8451 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8452 char *msg;
8453
8454 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8455 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8456 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8457 readable). */
8458 if (opts.addressprint)
8459 {
8460 annotate_field (4);
8461 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
8462 }
8463
8464 annotate_field (5);
8465 if (self->is_load)
8466 {
8467 if (self->regex)
8468 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8469 else
8470 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8471 }
8472 else
8473 {
8474 if (self->regex)
8475 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8476 else
8477 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8478 }
8479 uiout->field_string ("what", msg);
8480 xfree (msg);
8481
8482 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8483 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8484 }
8485
8486 static void
8487 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8488 {
8489 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8490
8491 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8492 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8493 }
8494
8495 static void
8496 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8497 {
8498 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8499
8500 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8501 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8502 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8503 if (self->regex)
8504 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8505 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8506 }
8507
8508 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8509
8510 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8511 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8512 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8513 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8514 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8515 created in an enabled state. */
8516
8517 void
8518 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8519 {
8520 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
8521 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8522 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8523
8524 if (!arg)
8525 arg = "";
8526 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8527
8528 c = new solib_catchpoint ();
8529 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
8530
8531 if (*arg != '\0')
8532 {
8533 int errcode;
8534
8535 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
8536 if (errcode != 0)
8537 {
8538 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
8539
8540 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
8541 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
8542 }
8543 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8544 }
8545
8546 c->is_load = is_load;
8547 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8548 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8549
8550 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8551
8552 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
8553 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8554 }
8555
8556 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8557 "catch unload". */
8558
8559 static void
8560 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8561 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8562 {
8563 int tempflag;
8564 const int enabled = 1;
8565
8566 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8567
8568 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8569 }
8570
8571 static void
8572 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8573 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8574 {
8575 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8576 }
8577
8578 static void
8579 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8580 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8581 {
8582 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8583 }
8584
8585 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8586 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8587 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8588 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8589
8590 void
8591 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8592 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8593 char *cond_string,
8594 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8595 {
8596 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8597
8598 init_sal (&sal);
8599 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8600
8601 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8602
8603 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8604 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8605 }
8606
8607 void
8608 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8609 {
8610 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8611 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8612 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8613 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8614 if (!internal)
8615 mention (b);
8616 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8617
8618 if (update_gll)
8619 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8620 }
8621
8622 static void
8623 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8624 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8625 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8626 {
8627 struct fork_catchpoint *c = new fork_catchpoint ();
8628
8629 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8630
8631 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8632
8633 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8634 }
8635
8636 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8637
8638 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8639 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8640 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8641 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8642 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8643
8644 struct exec_catchpoint
8645 {
8646 /* The base class. */
8647 struct breakpoint base;
8648
8649 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8650 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8651 triggered. */
8652 char *exec_pathname;
8653 };
8654
8655 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8656 catchpoints. */
8657
8658 static void
8659 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8660 {
8661 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8662
8663 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8664
8665 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8666 }
8667
8668 static int
8669 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8670 {
8671 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8672 }
8673
8674 static int
8675 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
8676 {
8677 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8678 }
8679
8680 static int
8681 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8682 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8683 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8684 {
8685 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8686
8687 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8688 return 0;
8689
8690 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8691 return 1;
8692 }
8693
8694 static enum print_stop_action
8695 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8696 {
8697 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8698 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8699 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8700
8701 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8702 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8703 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8704 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8705 else
8706 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
8707 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8708 {
8709 uiout->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8710 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8711 }
8712 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
8713 uiout->text (" (exec'd ");
8714 uiout->field_string ("new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8715 uiout->text ("), ");
8716
8717 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8718 }
8719
8720 static void
8721 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8722 {
8723 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8724 struct value_print_options opts;
8725 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8726
8727 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8728
8729 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8730 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8731 is relatively readable). */
8732 if (opts.addressprint)
8733 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
8734 annotate_field (5);
8735 uiout->text ("exec");
8736 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8737 {
8738 uiout->text (", program \"");
8739 uiout->field_string ("what", c->exec_pathname);
8740 uiout->text ("\" ");
8741 }
8742
8743 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8744 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8745 }
8746
8747 static void
8748 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8749 {
8750 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8751 }
8752
8753 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8754 catchpoints. */
8755
8756 static void
8757 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8758 {
8759 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8760 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8761 }
8762
8763 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8764
8765 static int
8766 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8767 {
8768 int i = 0;
8769 struct breakpoint *b;
8770 struct bp_location *bl;
8771
8772 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8773 {
8774 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8775 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8776 {
8777 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8778 one register. */
8779 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8780 }
8781 }
8782
8783 return i;
8784 }
8785
8786 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8787 watchpoint. */
8788
8789 static int
8790 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8791 {
8792 int i = 0;
8793 struct bp_location *bl;
8794
8795 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8796 return 0;
8797
8798 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8799 {
8800 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8801 one register. */
8802 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8803 }
8804
8805 return i;
8806 }
8807
8808 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8809 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8810 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8811 types _not_ TYPE. */
8812
8813 static int
8814 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8815 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8816 {
8817 int i = 0;
8818 struct breakpoint *b;
8819
8820 *other_type_used = 0;
8821 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8822 {
8823 if (b == except)
8824 continue;
8825 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8826 continue;
8827
8828 if (b->type == type)
8829 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8830 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8831 *other_type_used = 1;
8832 }
8833
8834 return i;
8835 }
8836
8837 void
8838 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8839 {
8840 struct breakpoint *b;
8841
8842 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8843 {
8844 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8845 {
8846 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8847 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8848 }
8849 }
8850 }
8851
8852 void
8853 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8854 {
8855 struct breakpoint *b;
8856
8857 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8858 {
8859 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8860 {
8861 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8862 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8863 }
8864 }
8865 }
8866
8867 void
8868 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8869 {
8870 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8871 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8872 }
8873
8874 void
8875 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8876 {
8877 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8878 breakpoint_re_set ();
8879 }
8880
8881 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8882 locations. */
8883
8884 static struct breakpoint *
8885 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread, struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
8886 {
8887 struct breakpoint *b = new breakpoint ();
8888
8889 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bp_single_step,
8890 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8891
8892 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8893 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
8894
8895 b->thread = thread;
8896 gdb_assert (b->thread != 0);
8897
8898 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8899
8900 return b;
8901 }
8902
8903 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8904 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8905 frame. */
8906
8907 struct breakpoint *
8908 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8909 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8910 {
8911 struct breakpoint *b;
8912
8913 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8914 tail-called one. */
8915 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8916
8917 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8918 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8919 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8920 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8921
8922 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8923 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8924 control. */
8925 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8926 b->thread = ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8927
8928 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8929
8930 return b;
8931 }
8932
8933 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8934 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8935 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8936
8937 static struct breakpoint *
8938 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8939 enum bptype type,
8940 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
8941 int loc_enabled)
8942 {
8943 struct breakpoint *copy;
8944
8945 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8946 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8947 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8948
8949 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8950 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8951 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8952 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8953 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8954 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8955 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8956 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8957 copy->loc->enabled = loc_enabled;
8958 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8959 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8960 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8961
8962 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8963 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8964 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8965
8966 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8967 return copy;
8968 }
8969
8970 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8971 ORIG is NULL. */
8972
8973 struct breakpoint *
8974 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8975 {
8976 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8977 if (orig == NULL)
8978 return NULL;
8979
8980 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops, 0);
8981 }
8982
8983 struct breakpoint *
8984 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8985 enum bptype type)
8986 {
8987 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8988
8989 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8990 sal.pc = pc;
8991 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8992 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8993
8994 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8995 }
8996 \f
8997
8998 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8999
9000 static void
9001 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
9002 {
9003 b->ops->print_mention (b);
9004 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
9005 return;
9006 printf_filtered ("\n");
9007 }
9008 \f
9009
9010 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc);
9011
9012 static struct bp_location *
9013 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9014 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9015 {
9016 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
9017 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
9018 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9019
9020 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
9021 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
9022
9023 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9024 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9025 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9026 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9027 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9028 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9029 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
9030 sal->pc, b->type);
9031
9032 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9033 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
9034 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
9035 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
9036 ;
9037 loc->next = *tmp;
9038 *tmp = loc;
9039
9040 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
9041 loc->address = adjusted_address;
9042 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
9043 loc->probe.probe = sal->probe;
9044 loc->probe.objfile = sal->objfile;
9045 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
9046 loc->section = sal->section;
9047 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
9048 loc->line_number = sal->line;
9049 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
9050
9051 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
9052 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
9053
9054 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
9055 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
9056 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
9057 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
9058 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
9059 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
9060 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
9061 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
9062 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
9063 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
9064 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
9065 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
9066 instruction.) */
9067 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9068 loc->permanent = 1;
9069
9070 return loc;
9071 }
9072 \f
9073
9074 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9075
9076 int
9077 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
9078 {
9079 int len;
9080 CORE_ADDR addr;
9081 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
9082 gdb_byte *target_mem;
9083 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9084 int retval = 0;
9085
9086 addr = address;
9087 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &len);
9088
9089 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9090 if (bpoint == NULL)
9091 return 0;
9092
9093 target_mem = (gdb_byte *) alloca (len);
9094
9095 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9096 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9097 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9098 cleanup = make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9099
9100 if (target_read_memory (address, target_mem, len) == 0
9101 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
9102 retval = 1;
9103
9104 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9105
9106 return retval;
9107 }
9108
9109 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9110 return 0 otherwise. */
9111
9112 static int
9113 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
9114 {
9115 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9116 int retval;
9117
9118 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
9119
9120 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
9121 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
9122 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
9123 memory. */
9124 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc->owner))
9125 return 0;
9126
9127 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9128 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
9129
9130 retval = program_breakpoint_here_p (loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
9131
9132 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9133
9134 return retval;
9135 }
9136
9137 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9138 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9139
9140 static void
9141 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
9142 {
9143 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
9144 char *printf_line = NULL;
9145
9146 if (!dprintf_args)
9147 return;
9148
9149 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9150
9151 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9152 insist on it. */
9153 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
9154 ++dprintf_args;
9155 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9156
9157 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
9158 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9159
9160 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
9161 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9162 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
9163 {
9164 if (!dprintf_function)
9165 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9166
9167 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
9168 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9169 dprintf_function,
9170 dprintf_channel,
9171 dprintf_args);
9172 else
9173 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9174 dprintf_function,
9175 dprintf_args);
9176 }
9177 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
9178 {
9179 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9180 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
9181 else
9182 {
9183 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9184 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9185 }
9186 }
9187 else
9188 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9189 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9190
9191 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
9192 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9193 {
9194 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line = XNEW (struct command_line);
9195
9196 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
9197 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
9198 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
9199 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL;
9200 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
9201
9202 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
9203 }
9204 }
9205
9206 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9207 current style settings. */
9208
9209 static void
9210 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
9211 struct cmd_list_element *c)
9212 {
9213 struct breakpoint *b;
9214
9215 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9216 {
9217 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
9218 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9219 }
9220 }
9221
9222 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
9223 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
9224 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
9225 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
9226
9227 static void
9228 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9229 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
9230 struct event_location *location,
9231 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9232 char *extra_string,
9233 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9234 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9235 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9236 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9237 int display_canonical)
9238 {
9239 int i;
9240
9241 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9242 {
9243 int target_resources_ok;
9244
9245 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9246 target_resources_ok =
9247 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9248 i + 1, 0);
9249 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9250 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9251 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9252 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9253 }
9254
9255 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9256
9257 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9258 {
9259 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9260 struct bp_location *loc;
9261
9262 if (from_tty)
9263 {
9264 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9265 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9266 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9267
9268 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9269 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9270 }
9271
9272 if (i == 0)
9273 {
9274 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9275 b->thread = thread;
9276 b->task = task;
9277
9278 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9279 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9280 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9281 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9282 b->disposition = disposition;
9283
9284 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9285 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9286
9287 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9288 {
9289 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9290 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9291
9292 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9293 {
9294 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9295 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9296 const char *p = &event_location_to_string (b->location)[3];
9297 const char *endp;
9298 char *marker_str;
9299
9300 p = skip_spaces_const (p);
9301
9302 endp = skip_to_space_const (p);
9303
9304 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9305 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9306
9307 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9308 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9309 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9310 }
9311 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9312 {
9313 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9314 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9315
9316 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9317 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9318 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9319 }
9320 else
9321 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9322 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9323 }
9324
9325 loc = b->loc;
9326 }
9327 else
9328 {
9329 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9330 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9331 loc->inserted = 1;
9332 }
9333
9334 if (b->cond_string)
9335 {
9336 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9337
9338 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9339 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9340 if (*arg)
9341 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9342 }
9343
9344 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9345 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9346 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9347 {
9348 if (b->extra_string)
9349 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9350 else
9351 error (_("Format string required"));
9352 }
9353 else if (b->extra_string)
9354 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9355 }
9356
9357 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9358 if (location != NULL)
9359 b->location = location;
9360 else
9361 {
9362 const char *addr_string = NULL;
9363 int addr_string_len = 0;
9364
9365 if (location != NULL)
9366 addr_string = event_location_to_string (location);
9367 if (addr_string != NULL)
9368 addr_string_len = strlen (addr_string);
9369
9370 b->location = new_address_location (b->loc->address,
9371 addr_string, addr_string_len);
9372 }
9373 b->filter = filter;
9374 }
9375
9376 static void
9377 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9378 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
9379 struct event_location *location,
9380 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9381 char *extra_string,
9382 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9383 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9384 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9385 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9386 int display_canonical)
9387 {
9388 struct breakpoint *b;
9389 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9390
9391 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9392 {
9393 struct tracepoint *t;
9394
9395 t = new tracepoint ();
9396 b = &t->base;
9397 }
9398 else
9399 b = new breakpoint ();
9400
9401 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9402
9403 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9404 sals, location,
9405 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9406 type, disposition,
9407 thread, task, ignore_count,
9408 ops, from_tty,
9409 enabled, internal, flags,
9410 display_canonical);
9411 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9412
9413 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9414 }
9415
9416 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9417 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9418 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9419 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9420 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9421 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9422 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9423 we take just a single condition string.
9424
9425 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9426 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9427 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9428 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9429 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9430
9431 static void
9432 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9433 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9434 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9435 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9436 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9437 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9438 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9439 {
9440 int i;
9441 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9442
9443 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9444 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9445
9446 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9447 {
9448 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9449 'break', without arguments. */
9450 struct event_location *location
9451 = (canonical->location != NULL
9452 ? copy_event_location (canonical->location) : NULL);
9453 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9454 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
9455
9456 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9457 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9458 location,
9459 filter_string,
9460 cond_string, extra_string,
9461 type, disposition,
9462 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9463 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9464 canonical->special_display);
9465 discard_cleanups (inner);
9466 }
9467 }
9468
9469 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9470 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9471 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9472 linespec locations).
9473
9474 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9475 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9476
9477 static void
9478 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location *location,
9479 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9480 {
9481 struct symtab_and_line cursal;
9482
9483 if (event_location_type (location) == LINESPEC_LOCATION)
9484 {
9485 const char *address = get_linespec_location (location);
9486
9487 if (address == NULL)
9488 {
9489 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9490 breakpoint address. */
9491 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9492 {
9493 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9494 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9495 CORE_ADDR pc;
9496
9497 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9498 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9499
9500 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9501 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9502 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9503 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9504 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9505 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9506 pc = sal.pc;
9507 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9508
9509 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9510 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9511 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9512 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9513 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9514 sal.pc = pc;
9515 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9516
9517 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9518 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9519 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9520
9521 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9522 return;
9523 }
9524 else
9525 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9526 }
9527 }
9528
9529 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9530 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9531 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9532 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9533
9534 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9535 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9536 cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9537 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9538 {
9539 const char *address = NULL;
9540
9541 if (event_location_type (location) == LINESPEC_LOCATION)
9542 address = get_linespec_location (location);
9543
9544 if (!cursal.symtab
9545 || (address != NULL
9546 && strchr ("+-", address[0]) != NULL
9547 && address[1] != '['))
9548 {
9549 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9550 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9551 get_last_displayed_line (),
9552 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9553 return;
9554 }
9555 }
9556
9557 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9558 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9559 }
9560
9561
9562 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9563 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9564
9565 static void
9566 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9567 {
9568 int i;
9569
9570 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9571 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9572 }
9573
9574 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9575 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9576 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9577 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9578 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9579 it, etc. */
9580
9581 static void
9582 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9583 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9584 {
9585 int i, rslt;
9586 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9587 char *msg;
9588 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9589
9590 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9591 {
9592 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9593
9594 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9595
9596 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9597 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9598 associated with SAL. */
9599 if (sarch == NULL)
9600 sarch = gdbarch;
9601 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc, &msg);
9602 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9603
9604 if (!rslt)
9605 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9606 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9607
9608 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9609 }
9610 }
9611
9612 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9613 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9614 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9615 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9616 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9617 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9618
9619 static void
9620 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9621 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9622 char **rest)
9623 {
9624 *cond_string = NULL;
9625 *thread = -1;
9626 *task = 0;
9627 *rest = NULL;
9628
9629 while (tok && *tok)
9630 {
9631 const char *end_tok;
9632 int toklen;
9633 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9634 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9635
9636 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9637
9638 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9639 {
9640 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9641 return;
9642 }
9643
9644 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9645
9646 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9647
9648 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9649 {
9650 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9651 parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9652 cond_end = tok;
9653 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9654 }
9655 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9656 {
9657 const char *tmptok;
9658 struct thread_info *thr;
9659
9660 tok = end_tok + 1;
9661 thr = parse_thread_id (tok, &tmptok);
9662 if (tok == tmptok)
9663 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9664 *thread = thr->global_num;
9665 tok = tmptok;
9666 }
9667 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9668 {
9669 char *tmptok;
9670
9671 tok = end_tok + 1;
9672 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9673 if (tok == tmptok)
9674 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9675 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9676 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9677 tok = tmptok;
9678 }
9679 else if (rest)
9680 {
9681 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9682 return;
9683 }
9684 else
9685 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9686 }
9687 }
9688
9689 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9690
9691 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9692 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p)
9693 {
9694 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9695 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9696 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9697 const char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9698 const char *endp;
9699 char *marker_str;
9700 int i;
9701
9702 p = skip_spaces_const (p);
9703
9704 endp = skip_to_space_const (p);
9705
9706 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9707 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9708
9709 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9710 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9711 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9712
9713 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9714 sals.sals = XNEWVEC (struct symtab_and_line, sals.nelts);
9715
9716 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9717 {
9718 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9719
9720 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9721
9722 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9723
9724 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9725 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9726
9727 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9728 }
9729
9730 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9731
9732 *arg_p = endp;
9733 return sals;
9734 }
9735
9736 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9737
9738 int
9739 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9740 const struct event_location *location, char *cond_string,
9741 int thread, char *extra_string,
9742 int parse_extra,
9743 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9744 int ignore_count,
9745 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9746 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9747 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9748 unsigned flags)
9749 {
9750 struct linespec_result canonical;
9751 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9752 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9753 int pending = 0;
9754 int task = 0;
9755 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9756
9757 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9758
9759 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9760 if (extra_string != NULL && *extra_string == '\0')
9761 extra_string = NULL;
9762
9763 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9764
9765 TRY
9766 {
9767 ops->create_sals_from_location (location, &canonical, type_wanted);
9768 }
9769 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
9770 {
9771 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9772 value. */
9773 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
9774 {
9775 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9776 error. */
9777
9778 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9779 throw_exception (e);
9780
9781 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9782
9783 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9784 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9785 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9786 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9787 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9788 return 0;
9789
9790 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9791 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9792 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9793 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9794 pending = 1;
9795 }
9796 else
9797 throw_exception (e);
9798 }
9799 END_CATCH
9800
9801 if (!pending && VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9802 return 0;
9803
9804 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9805 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9806
9807 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9808 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9809 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9810 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9811 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9812
9813 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9814 are ok for the target. */
9815 if (!pending)
9816 {
9817 int ix;
9818 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9819
9820 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9821 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9822 }
9823
9824 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9825 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9826 {
9827 int ix;
9828 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9829
9830 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9831 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9832 }
9833
9834 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9835 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9836 breakpoint. */
9837 if (!pending)
9838 {
9839 if (parse_extra)
9840 {
9841 char *rest;
9842 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9843
9844 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9845
9846 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9847 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9848 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9849 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9850
9851 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc,
9852 &cond_string, &thread, &task, &rest);
9853 if (cond_string)
9854 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9855 if (rest)
9856 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9857 if (rest)
9858 extra_string = rest;
9859 else
9860 extra_string = NULL;
9861 }
9862 else
9863 {
9864 if (type_wanted != bp_dprintf
9865 && extra_string != NULL && *extra_string != '\0')
9866 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string);
9867
9868 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9869 if (cond_string)
9870 {
9871 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9872 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9873 }
9874 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9875 if (extra_string)
9876 {
9877 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9878 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9879 }
9880 }
9881
9882 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
9883 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9884 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9885 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9886 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9887 }
9888 else
9889 {
9890 struct breakpoint *b;
9891
9892 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9893 {
9894 struct tracepoint *t;
9895
9896 t = new tracepoint ();
9897 b = &t->base;
9898 }
9899 else
9900 b = new breakpoint ();
9901
9902 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9903 b->location = copy_event_location (location);
9904
9905 if (parse_extra)
9906 b->cond_string = NULL;
9907 else
9908 {
9909 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9910 if (cond_string)
9911 {
9912 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9913 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9914 }
9915 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9916 b->thread = thread;
9917 }
9918
9919 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9920 if (extra_string != NULL)
9921 {
9922 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9923 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9924 }
9925 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9926 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9927 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9928 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9929 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9930 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9931 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9932 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9933
9934 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9935 }
9936
9937 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9938 {
9939 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9940 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9941 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9942 }
9943
9944 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9945 breakpoint. */
9946 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9947 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9948 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9949
9950 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9951 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9952
9953 return 1;
9954 }
9955
9956 /* Set a breakpoint.
9957 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9958 condition, and thread.
9959 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9960 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9961 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
9962
9963 static void
9964 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9965 {
9966 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9967 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9968 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9969 : bp_breakpoint);
9970 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9971 struct event_location *location;
9972 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9973
9974 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
9975 cleanup = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
9976
9977 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9978 if (location != NULL
9979 && event_location_type (location) == PROBE_LOCATION)
9980 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9981 else
9982 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9983
9984 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9985 location,
9986 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
9987 tempflag, type_wanted,
9988 0 /* Ignore count */,
9989 pending_break_support,
9990 ops,
9991 from_tty,
9992 1 /* enabled */,
9993 0 /* internal */,
9994 0);
9995 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9996 }
9997
9998 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9999
10000 void
10001 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
10002 {
10003 CORE_ADDR pc;
10004
10005 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10006 {
10007 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
10008 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10009 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
10010 sal->pc = pc;
10011
10012 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10013 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10014 if (sal->explicit_line)
10015 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
10016 }
10017
10018 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10019 {
10020 const struct blockvector *bv;
10021 const struct block *b;
10022 struct symbol *sym;
10023
10024 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b,
10025 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal->symtab));
10026 if (bv != NULL)
10027 {
10028 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
10029 if (sym != NULL)
10030 {
10031 fixup_symbol_section (sym, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab));
10032 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab),
10033 sym);
10034 }
10035 else
10036 {
10037 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10038 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10039 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10040 happen in assembly source). */
10041
10042 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
10043 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
10044
10045 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
10046
10047 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
10048 if (msym.minsym)
10049 sal->section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
10050
10051 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10052 }
10053 }
10054 }
10055 }
10056
10057 void
10058 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10059 {
10060 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10061 }
10062
10063 void
10064 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10065 {
10066 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
10067 }
10068
10069 static void
10070 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10071 {
10072 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
10073 }
10074
10075 static void
10076 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10077 {
10078 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
10079 }
10080
10081 static void
10082 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10083 {
10084 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10085 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10086 stop at <line>\n"));
10087 }
10088
10089 static void
10090 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10091 {
10092 int badInput = 0;
10093
10094 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
10095 badInput = 1;
10096 else if (*arg != '*')
10097 {
10098 char *argptr = arg;
10099 int hasColon = 0;
10100
10101 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10102 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10103 function/method name. */
10104 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10105 {
10106 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10107 argptr++;
10108 }
10109
10110 if (hasColon)
10111 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10112 else
10113 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
10114 }
10115
10116 if (badInput)
10117 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10118 else
10119 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10120 }
10121
10122 static void
10123 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10124 {
10125 int badInput = 0;
10126
10127 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
10128 badInput = 1;
10129 else
10130 {
10131 char *argptr = arg;
10132 int hasColon = 0;
10133
10134 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10135 it is probably a line number. */
10136 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10137 {
10138 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10139 argptr++;
10140 }
10141
10142 if (hasColon)
10143 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
10144 else
10145 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
10146 }
10147
10148 if (badInput)
10149 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10150 else
10151 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10152 }
10153
10154 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10155 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10156 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10157 line. */
10158
10159 static void
10160 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10161 {
10162 struct event_location *location;
10163 struct cleanup *cleanup;
10164
10165 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
10166 cleanup = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
10167
10168 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
10169 the next character must be ','. */
10170 if (arg != NULL)
10171 {
10172 if (arg[0] != ',' || arg[1] == '\0')
10173 error (_("Format string required"));
10174 else
10175 {
10176 /* Skip the comma. */
10177 ++arg;
10178 }
10179 }
10180
10181 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10182 location,
10183 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
10184 0, bp_dprintf,
10185 0 /* Ignore count */,
10186 pending_break_support,
10187 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
10188 from_tty,
10189 1 /* enabled */,
10190 0 /* internal */,
10191 0);
10192 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10193 }
10194
10195 static void
10196 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10197 {
10198 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10199 }
10200
10201 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10202 ranged breakpoints. */
10203
10204 static int
10205 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10206 struct address_space *aspace,
10207 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10208 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10209 {
10210 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10211 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10212 return 0;
10213
10214 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10215 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
10216 }
10217
10218 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10219 ranged breakpoints. */
10220
10221 static int
10222 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10223 {
10224 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10225 }
10226
10227 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10228 ranged breakpoints. */
10229
10230 static enum print_stop_action
10231 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
10232 {
10233 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10234 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10235 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10236
10237 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10238
10239 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10240 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10241
10242 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
10243
10244 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
10245
10246 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
10247 uiout->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
10248 else
10249 uiout->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
10250 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10251 {
10252 uiout->field_string ("reason",
10253 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10254 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10255 }
10256 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
10257 uiout->text (", ");
10258
10259 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10260 }
10261
10262 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10263 ranged breakpoints. */
10264
10265 static void
10266 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10267 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10268 {
10269 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10270 struct value_print_options opts;
10271 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10272
10273 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10274 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10275
10276 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10277
10278 if (opts.addressprint)
10279 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10280 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10281 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
10282 annotate_field (5);
10283 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10284 *last_loc = bl;
10285 }
10286
10287 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10288 ranged breakpoints. */
10289
10290 static void
10291 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10292 struct ui_out *uiout)
10293 {
10294 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10295 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10296 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10297 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10298
10299 gdb_assert (bl);
10300
10301 address_start = bl->address;
10302 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10303
10304 uiout->text ("\taddress range: ");
10305 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10306 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10307 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10308 uiout->field_stream ("addr", stb);
10309 uiout->text ("\n");
10310
10311 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10312 }
10313
10314 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10315 ranged breakpoints. */
10316
10317 static void
10318 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10319 {
10320 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10321 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10322
10323 gdb_assert (bl);
10324 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10325
10326 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10327 return;
10328
10329 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10330 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10331 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10332 }
10333
10334 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10335 ranged breakpoints. */
10336
10337 static void
10338 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10339 {
10340 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s",
10341 event_location_to_string (b->location),
10342 event_location_to_string (b->location_range_end));
10343 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10344 }
10345
10346 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10347
10348 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10349
10350 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10351 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10352 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10353 last instruction of the given line. */
10354
10355 static CORE_ADDR
10356 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10357 {
10358 CORE_ADDR end;
10359
10360 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10361 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10362 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10363 end = sal.pc;
10364 else
10365 {
10366 int ret;
10367 CORE_ADDR start;
10368
10369 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10370 if (!ret)
10371 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10372
10373 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10374 end--;
10375 }
10376
10377 return end;
10378 }
10379
10380 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10381
10382 static void
10383 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10384 {
10385 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start;
10386 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10387 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10388 CORE_ADDR end;
10389 struct breakpoint *b;
10390 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10391 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10392 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10393 struct event_location *start_location, *end_location;
10394
10395 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10396 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10397 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10398
10399 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10400 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10401 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10402 bp_count, 0);
10403 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10404 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10405
10406 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10407 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10408 error(_("No address range specified."));
10409
10410 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10411
10412 arg_start = arg;
10413 start_location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
10414 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (start_location);
10415 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location, &canonical_start);
10416 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10417
10418 if (arg[0] != ',')
10419 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10420 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10421 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10422
10423 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10424
10425 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10426 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10427 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10428
10429 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10430 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10431 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10432
10433 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10434 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10435
10436 /* Parse the end location. */
10437
10438 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10439 arg_start = arg;
10440
10441 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10442 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10443 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10444 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10445 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10446 end_location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
10447 make_cleanup_delete_event_location (end_location);
10448 decode_line_full (end_location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
10449 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10450 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10451
10452 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10453
10454 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10455 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10456
10457 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10458 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10459 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10460 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10461
10462 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10463
10464 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10465 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10466 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10467
10468 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10469 if (length < 0)
10470 /* Length overflowed. */
10471 error (_("Address range too large."));
10472 else if (length == 1)
10473 {
10474 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10475 the `hbreak' command. */
10476 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10477
10478 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10479
10480 return;
10481 }
10482
10483 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10484 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10485 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10486 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10487 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10488 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10489 b->location = copy_event_location (start_location);
10490 b->location_range_end = copy_event_location (end_location);
10491 b->loc->length = length;
10492
10493 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10494
10495 mention (b);
10496 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10497 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
10498 }
10499
10500 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10501 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10502 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10503 zero. */
10504
10505 static int
10506 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10507 {
10508 int i = exp->nelts;
10509
10510 while (i > 0)
10511 {
10512 int oplenp, argsp;
10513
10514 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10515 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10516 i -= oplenp;
10517
10518 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10519 {
10520 case BINOP_ADD:
10521 case BINOP_SUB:
10522 case BINOP_MUL:
10523 case BINOP_DIV:
10524 case BINOP_REM:
10525 case BINOP_MOD:
10526 case BINOP_LSH:
10527 case BINOP_RSH:
10528 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10529 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10530 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10531 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10532 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10533 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10534 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10535 case BINOP_LESS:
10536 case BINOP_GTR:
10537 case BINOP_LEQ:
10538 case BINOP_GEQ:
10539 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10540 case BINOP_COMMA:
10541 case BINOP_EXP:
10542 case BINOP_MIN:
10543 case BINOP_MAX:
10544 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10545 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10546 case TERNOP_COND:
10547 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10548
10549 case OP_LONG:
10550 case OP_DOUBLE:
10551 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10552 case OP_LAST:
10553 case OP_COMPLEX:
10554 case OP_STRING:
10555 case OP_ARRAY:
10556 case OP_TYPE:
10557 case OP_TYPEOF:
10558 case OP_DECLTYPE:
10559 case OP_TYPEID:
10560 case OP_NAME:
10561 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10562
10563 case UNOP_NEG:
10564 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10565 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10566 case UNOP_ADDR:
10567 case UNOP_HIGH:
10568 case UNOP_CAST:
10569
10570 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10571 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10572 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10573 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10574 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10575 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10576 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10577
10578 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10579 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10580 ADDR is. */
10581 break;
10582
10583 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10584 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10585
10586 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10587 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10588 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10589 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10590
10591 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10592 are always constant. */
10593 {
10594 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10595
10596 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10597 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10598 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10599 return 0;
10600 break;
10601 }
10602
10603 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10604 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10605 then it is not a constant. */
10606 default:
10607 return 0;
10608 }
10609 }
10610
10611 return 1;
10612 }
10613
10614 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10615
10616 static void
10617 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10618 {
10619 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10620
10621 xfree (w->exp_string);
10622 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10623 value_free (w->val);
10624
10625 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10626 }
10627
10628 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10629
10630 static void
10631 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10632 {
10633 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10634
10635 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10636 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10637
10638 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10639 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10640 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10641 are loaded and unloaded.
10642
10643 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10644 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10645 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10646 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10647 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10648 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10649
10650 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10651 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10652 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10653 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10654
10655 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10656 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10657
10658 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10659 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10660 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10661 }
10662
10663 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10664
10665 static int
10666 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10667 {
10668 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10669 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10670
10671 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10672 w->cond_exp.get ());
10673 }
10674
10675 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10676
10677 static int
10678 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
10679 {
10680 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10681 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10682
10683 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10684 w->cond_exp.get ());
10685 }
10686
10687 static int
10688 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10689 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10690 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10691 {
10692 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10693 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10694
10695 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10696 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10697 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10698 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10699 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10700 (did not match the data address). */
10701 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10702 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10703 return 0;
10704
10705 return 1;
10706 }
10707
10708 static void
10709 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10710 {
10711 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10712
10713 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10714 }
10715
10716 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10717 hardware watchpoints. */
10718
10719 static int
10720 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10721 {
10722 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10723 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10724
10725 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10726 }
10727
10728 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10729 hardware watchpoints. */
10730
10731 static int
10732 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10733 {
10734 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10735 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10736 }
10737
10738 static enum print_stop_action
10739 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10740 {
10741 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10742 struct breakpoint *b;
10743 struct ui_file *stb;
10744 enum print_stop_action result;
10745 struct watchpoint *w;
10746 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10747
10748 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10749
10750 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10751 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10752
10753 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10754 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10755
10756 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10757 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
10758
10759 switch (b->type)
10760 {
10761 case bp_watchpoint:
10762 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10763 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10764 uiout->field_string
10765 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10766 mention (b);
10767 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10768 uiout->text ("\nOld value = ");
10769 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10770 uiout->field_stream ("old", stb);
10771 uiout->text ("\nNew value = ");
10772 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10773 uiout->field_stream ("new", stb);
10774 uiout->text ("\n");
10775 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10776 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10777 break;
10778
10779 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10780 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10781 uiout->field_string
10782 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10783 mention (b);
10784 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10785 uiout->text ("\nValue = ");
10786 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10787 uiout->field_stream ("value", stb);
10788 uiout->text ("\n");
10789 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10790 break;
10791
10792 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10793 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10794 {
10795 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10796 uiout->field_string
10797 ("reason",
10798 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10799 mention (b);
10800 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10801 uiout->text ("\nOld value = ");
10802 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10803 uiout->field_stream ("old", stb);
10804 uiout->text ("\nNew value = ");
10805 }
10806 else
10807 {
10808 mention (b);
10809 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10810 uiout->field_string
10811 ("reason",
10812 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10813 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10814 uiout->text ("\nValue = ");
10815 }
10816 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10817 uiout->field_stream ("new", stb);
10818 uiout->text ("\n");
10819 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10820 break;
10821 default:
10822 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10823 }
10824
10825 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10826 return result;
10827 }
10828
10829 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10830 watchpoints. */
10831
10832 static void
10833 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10834 {
10835 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10836 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10837 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10838
10839 switch (b->type)
10840 {
10841 case bp_watchpoint:
10842 uiout->text ("Watchpoint ");
10843 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10844 break;
10845 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10846 uiout->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10847 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10848 break;
10849 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10850 uiout->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10851 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10852 break;
10853 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10854 uiout->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10855 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10856 break;
10857 default:
10858 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10859 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10860 }
10861
10862 uiout->field_int ("number", b->number);
10863 uiout->text (": ");
10864 uiout->field_string ("exp", w->exp_string);
10865 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10866 }
10867
10868 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10869 watchpoints. */
10870
10871 static void
10872 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10873 {
10874 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10875
10876 switch (b->type)
10877 {
10878 case bp_watchpoint:
10879 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10880 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10881 break;
10882 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10883 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10884 break;
10885 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10886 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10887 break;
10888 default:
10889 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10890 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10891 }
10892
10893 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10894 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10895 }
10896
10897 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10898 watchpoints. */
10899
10900 static int
10901 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
10902 {
10903 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10904 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10905 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10906 return 0;
10907
10908 return 1;
10909 }
10910
10911 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10912
10913 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10914
10915 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10916 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10917
10918 static int
10919 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10920 {
10921 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10922
10923 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10924 bl->watchpoint_type);
10925 }
10926
10927 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10928 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10929
10930 static int
10931 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
10932 {
10933 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10934
10935 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10936 bl->watchpoint_type);
10937 }
10938
10939 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10940 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10941
10942 static int
10943 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10944 {
10945 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10946
10947 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10948 }
10949
10950 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10951 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10952
10953 static int
10954 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10955 {
10956 return 0;
10957 }
10958
10959 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10960 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10961
10962 static enum print_stop_action
10963 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10964 {
10965 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10966 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10967
10968 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10969 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10970
10971 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10972 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
10973
10974 switch (b->type)
10975 {
10976 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10977 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10978 uiout->field_string
10979 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10980 break;
10981
10982 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10983 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10984 uiout->field_string
10985 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10986 break;
10987
10988 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10989 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10990 uiout->field_string
10991 ("reason",
10992 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10993 break;
10994 default:
10995 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10996 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10997 }
10998
10999 mention (b);
11000 uiout->text (_("\n\
11001 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11002 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11003 uiout->text ("\n");
11004
11005 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11006 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11007 }
11008
11009 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11010 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11011
11012 static void
11013 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
11014 struct ui_out *uiout)
11015 {
11016 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11017
11018 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11019 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11020
11021 uiout->text ("\tmask ");
11022 uiout->field_core_addr ("mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
11023 uiout->text ("\n");
11024 }
11025
11026 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11027 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11028
11029 static void
11030 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11031 {
11032 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11033 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11034 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
11035
11036 switch (b->type)
11037 {
11038 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11039 uiout->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11040 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11041 break;
11042 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11043 uiout->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11044 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
11045 break;
11046 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11047 uiout->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11048 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
11049 break;
11050 default:
11051 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11052 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11053 }
11054
11055 uiout->field_int ("number", b->number);
11056 uiout->text (": ");
11057 uiout->field_string ("exp", w->exp_string);
11058 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
11059 }
11060
11061 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11062 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11063
11064 static void
11065 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11066 {
11067 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11068 char tmp[40];
11069
11070 switch (b->type)
11071 {
11072 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11073 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11074 break;
11075 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11076 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11077 break;
11078 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11079 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11080 break;
11081 default:
11082 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11083 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11084 }
11085
11086 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
11087 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
11088 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11089 }
11090
11091 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11092
11093 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11094
11095 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11096
11097 static int
11098 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11099 {
11100 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11101 }
11102
11103 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11104 hw_read: watch read,
11105 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11106 static void
11107 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
11108 int just_location, int internal)
11109 {
11110 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
11111 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
11112 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
11113 int saved_bitpos = 0, saved_bitsize = 0;
11114 struct frame_info *frame;
11115 const char *exp_start = NULL;
11116 const char *exp_end = NULL;
11117 const char *tok, *end_tok;
11118 int toklen = -1;
11119 const char *cond_start = NULL;
11120 const char *cond_end = NULL;
11121 enum bptype bp_type;
11122 int thread = -1;
11123 int pc = 0;
11124 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11125 the hardware watchpoint. */
11126 int use_mask = 0;
11127 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
11128 struct watchpoint *w;
11129 char *expression;
11130 struct cleanup *back_to;
11131
11132 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11133 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
11134 {
11135 const char *value_start;
11136
11137 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
11138
11139 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11140 of the arguments string. */
11141 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
11142 {
11143 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11144 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11145 tok--;
11146
11147 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11148 This is the value of the parameter. */
11149 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11150 tok--;
11151 value_start = tok + 1;
11152
11153 /* Skip whitespace. */
11154 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11155 tok--;
11156
11157 end_tok = tok;
11158
11159 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11160 This is the parameter itself. */
11161 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11162 tok--;
11163 tok++;
11164 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
11165
11166 if (toklen == 6 && startswith (tok, "thread"))
11167 {
11168 struct thread_info *thr;
11169 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11170 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11171 only in a specific thread. */
11172 const char *endp;
11173
11174 if (thread != -1)
11175 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11176
11177 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11178 thr = parse_thread_id (value_start, &endp);
11179
11180 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
11181 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
11182 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start);
11183
11184 thread = thr->global_num;
11185 }
11186 else if (toklen == 4 && startswith (tok, "mask"))
11187 {
11188 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11189 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11190 facility. */
11191 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
11192
11193 if (use_mask)
11194 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11195
11196 use_mask = just_location = 1;
11197
11198 mark = value_mark ();
11199 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
11200 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
11201 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11202 }
11203 else
11204 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11205 break;
11206
11207 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11208 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11209 exp_end = tok;
11210 }
11211 }
11212 else
11213 exp_end = arg;
11214
11215 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11216 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11217 ARG. */
11218 innermost_block = NULL;
11219 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
11220 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
11221 exp_start = arg = expression;
11222 expression_up exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
11223 exp_end = arg;
11224 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11225 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11226 prettier. */
11227 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
11228 --exp_end;
11229
11230 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11231 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp.get ()))
11232 {
11233 int len;
11234
11235 len = exp_end - exp_start;
11236 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
11237 len--;
11238 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
11239 }
11240
11241 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11242 mark = value_mark ();
11243 fetch_subexp_value (exp.get (), &pc, &val, &result, NULL, just_location);
11244
11245 if (val != NULL && just_location)
11246 {
11247 saved_bitpos = value_bitpos (val);
11248 saved_bitsize = value_bitsize (val);
11249 }
11250
11251 if (just_location)
11252 {
11253 int ret;
11254
11255 exp_valid_block = NULL;
11256 val = value_addr (result);
11257 release_value (val);
11258 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11259
11260 if (use_mask)
11261 {
11262 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
11263 mask);
11264 if (ret == -1)
11265 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11266 else if (ret == -2)
11267 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11268 }
11269 }
11270 else if (val != NULL)
11271 release_value (val);
11272
11273 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11274 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11275
11276 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11277 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11278 {
11279 innermost_block = NULL;
11280 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11281 parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11282
11283 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11284 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11285 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11286
11287 cond_end = tok;
11288 }
11289 if (*tok)
11290 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11291
11292 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11293
11294 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11295 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11296 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11297 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11298 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11299 {
11300 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11301 {
11302 scope_breakpoint
11303 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11304 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11305 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11306 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11307
11308 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11309
11310 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11311 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11312
11313 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11314 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11315
11316 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11317 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11318 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11319 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11320 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11321 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11322 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11323 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11324 scope_breakpoint->type);
11325 }
11326 }
11327
11328 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11329 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11330 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11331 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11332
11333 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11334 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11335 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11336 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11337 else
11338 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11339
11340 w = new watchpoint ();
11341 b = &w->base;
11342 if (use_mask)
11343 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11344 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11345 else
11346 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11347 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11348 b->thread = thread;
11349 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11350 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11351 w->exp = std::move (exp);
11352 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11353 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11354 if (just_location)
11355 {
11356 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11357 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11358
11359 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11360
11361 std::string name = type_to_string (t);
11362
11363 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name.c_str (),
11364 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11365
11366 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11367 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11368
11369 /* The above expression is in C. */
11370 b->language = language_c;
11371 }
11372 else
11373 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11374
11375 if (use_mask)
11376 {
11377 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11378 }
11379 else
11380 {
11381 w->val = val;
11382 w->val_bitpos = saved_bitpos;
11383 w->val_bitsize = saved_bitsize;
11384 w->val_valid = 1;
11385 }
11386
11387 if (cond_start)
11388 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11389 else
11390 b->cond_string = 0;
11391
11392 if (frame)
11393 {
11394 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11395 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11396 }
11397 else
11398 {
11399 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11400 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11401 }
11402
11403 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11404 {
11405 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11406 need to act on them together. */
11407 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11408 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11409 }
11410
11411 if (!just_location)
11412 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11413
11414 TRY
11415 {
11416 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11417 that should be inserted. */
11418 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11419 }
11420 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11421 {
11422 delete_breakpoint (b);
11423 throw_exception (e);
11424 }
11425 END_CATCH
11426
11427 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11428 do_cleanups (back_to);
11429 }
11430
11431 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11432 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11433
11434 static int
11435 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11436 {
11437 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11438 struct value *head = v;
11439
11440 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11441 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11442 return 0;
11443
11444 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11445 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11446 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11447 hardware watchpoint.
11448
11449 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11450 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11451 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11452 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11453 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11454 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11455 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11456 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11457 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11458
11459 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11460 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11461 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11462 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11463 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11464 {
11465 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11466 {
11467 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11468 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11469 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11470 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11471 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11472 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11473 ;
11474 else
11475 {
11476 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11477 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11478 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11479
11480 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11481 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11482 middle of some value chain. */
11483 if (v == head
11484 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11485 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11486 {
11487 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11488 int len;
11489 int num_regs;
11490
11491 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11492 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11493 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11494
11495 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11496 if (!num_regs)
11497 return 0;
11498 else
11499 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11500 }
11501 }
11502 }
11503 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11504 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11505 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11506 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11507 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11508 }
11509
11510 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11511 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11512 return found_memory_cnt;
11513 }
11514
11515 void
11516 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11517 {
11518 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11519 }
11520
11521 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11522 calls watch_command_1. */
11523
11524 static void
11525 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11526 {
11527 int just_location = 0;
11528
11529 if (arg
11530 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11531 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11532 {
11533 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11534 just_location = 1;
11535 }
11536
11537 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11538 }
11539
11540 static void
11541 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11542 {
11543 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11544 }
11545
11546 void
11547 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11548 {
11549 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11550 }
11551
11552 static void
11553 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11554 {
11555 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11556 }
11557
11558 void
11559 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11560 {
11561 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11562 }
11563
11564 static void
11565 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11566 {
11567 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11568 }
11569 \f
11570
11571 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11572 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11573 breakpoints. */
11574
11575 struct until_break_fsm
11576 {
11577 /* The base class. */
11578 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm;
11579
11580 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11581 int thread;
11582
11583 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11584 struct breakpoint *location_breakpoint;
11585
11586 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11587 NULL. */
11588 struct breakpoint *caller_breakpoint;
11589 };
11590
11591 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm *self,
11592 struct thread_info *thread);
11593 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm *self,
11594 struct thread_info *thread);
11595 static enum async_reply_reason
11596 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm *self);
11597
11598 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11599
11600 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops =
11601 {
11602 NULL, /* dtor */
11603 until_break_fsm_clean_up,
11604 until_break_fsm_should_stop,
11605 NULL, /* return_value */
11606 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason,
11607 };
11608
11609 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11610
11611 static struct until_break_fsm *
11612 new_until_break_fsm (struct interp *cmd_interp, int thread,
11613 struct breakpoint *location_breakpoint,
11614 struct breakpoint *caller_breakpoint)
11615 {
11616 struct until_break_fsm *sm;
11617
11618 sm = XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm);
11619 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm->thread_fsm, &until_break_fsm_ops, cmd_interp);
11620
11621 sm->thread = thread;
11622 sm->location_breakpoint = location_breakpoint;
11623 sm->caller_breakpoint = caller_breakpoint;
11624
11625 return sm;
11626 }
11627
11628 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11629 until(location)/advance commands. */
11630
11631 static int
11632 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm *self,
11633 struct thread_info *tp)
11634 {
11635 struct until_break_fsm *sm = (struct until_break_fsm *) self;
11636
11637 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp->control.stop_bpstat,
11638 sm->location_breakpoint) != NULL
11639 || (sm->caller_breakpoint != NULL
11640 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp->control.stop_bpstat,
11641 sm->caller_breakpoint) != NULL))
11642 thread_fsm_set_finished (self);
11643
11644 return 1;
11645 }
11646
11647 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11648 until(location)/advance commands. */
11649
11650 static void
11651 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm *self,
11652 struct thread_info *thread)
11653 {
11654 struct until_break_fsm *sm = (struct until_break_fsm *) self;
11655
11656 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11657 if (sm->location_breakpoint != NULL)
11658 {
11659 delete_breakpoint (sm->location_breakpoint);
11660 sm->location_breakpoint = NULL;
11661 }
11662 if (sm->caller_breakpoint != NULL)
11663 {
11664 delete_breakpoint (sm->caller_breakpoint);
11665 sm->caller_breakpoint = NULL;
11666 }
11667 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm->thread);
11668 }
11669
11670 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11671 until(location)/advance commands. */
11672
11673 static enum async_reply_reason
11674 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm *self)
11675 {
11676 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED;
11677 }
11678
11679 void
11680 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11681 {
11682 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11683 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11684 struct frame_info *frame;
11685 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11686 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11687 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11688 struct breakpoint *location_breakpoint;
11689 struct breakpoint *caller_breakpoint = NULL;
11690 struct cleanup *old_chain, *cleanup;
11691 int thread;
11692 struct thread_info *tp;
11693 struct event_location *location;
11694 struct until_break_fsm *sm;
11695
11696 clear_proceed_status (0);
11697
11698 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11699 this function. */
11700
11701 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
11702 cleanup = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
11703
11704 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11705 sals = decode_line_1 (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
11706 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11707 get_last_displayed_line ());
11708 else
11709 sals = decode_line_1 (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11710 NULL, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11711
11712 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11713 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11714
11715 sal = sals.sals[0];
11716 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11717
11718 if (*arg)
11719 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11720
11721 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11722
11723 tp = inferior_thread ();
11724 thread = tp->global_num;
11725
11726 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11727
11728 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11729 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11730 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11731 that. */
11732
11733 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11734 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11735 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11736 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11737
11738 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11739 one. */
11740
11741 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11742 {
11743 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11744 struct gdbarch *caller_gdbarch;
11745
11746 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11747 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11748 caller_gdbarch = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11749 caller_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch,
11750 sal2,
11751 caller_frame_id,
11752 bp_until);
11753 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (caller_breakpoint);
11754
11755 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11756 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11757 }
11758
11759 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11760 frame = NULL;
11761
11762 if (anywhere)
11763 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11764 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11765 location_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11766 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11767 else
11768 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11769 only at the very same frame. */
11770 location_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11771 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11772 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (location_breakpoint);
11773
11774 sm = new_until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp->global_num,
11775 location_breakpoint, caller_breakpoint);
11776 tp->thread_fsm = &sm->thread_fsm;
11777
11778 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11779
11780 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT);
11781
11782 do_cleanups (cleanup);
11783 }
11784
11785 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11786 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11787
11788 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11789 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11790 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11791 if clause in the arg string. */
11792
11793 char *
11794 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11795 {
11796 char *cond_string;
11797
11798 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11799 return NULL;
11800
11801 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11802 (*arg) += 2;
11803
11804 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11805 condition string. */
11806 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11807 cond_string = *arg;
11808
11809 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11810 string. */
11811 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11812
11813 return cond_string;
11814 }
11815
11816 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11817 process start/exit, etc. */
11818
11819 typedef enum
11820 {
11821 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11822 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11823 }
11824 catch_fork_kind;
11825
11826 static void
11827 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11828 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11829 {
11830 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11831 char *cond_string = NULL;
11832 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11833 int tempflag;
11834
11835 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11836 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11837 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11838
11839 if (!arg)
11840 arg = "";
11841 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11842
11843 /* The allowed syntax is:
11844 catch [v]fork
11845 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11846
11847 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11848 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11849
11850 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11851 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11852
11853 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11854 and enable reporting of such events. */
11855 switch (fork_kind)
11856 {
11857 case catch_fork_temporary:
11858 case catch_fork_permanent:
11859 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11860 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11861 break;
11862 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11863 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11864 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11865 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11866 break;
11867 default:
11868 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11869 break;
11870 }
11871 }
11872
11873 static void
11874 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11875 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11876 {
11877 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11878 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11879 int tempflag;
11880 char *cond_string = NULL;
11881
11882 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11883
11884 if (!arg)
11885 arg = "";
11886 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11887
11888 /* The allowed syntax is:
11889 catch exec
11890 catch exec if <cond>
11891
11892 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11893 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11894
11895 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11896 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11897
11898 c = new exec_catchpoint ();
11899 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11900 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11901 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11902
11903 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11904 }
11905
11906 void
11907 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11908 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11909 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11910 char *addr_string,
11911 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11912 int tempflag,
11913 int enabled,
11914 int from_tty)
11915 {
11916 if (from_tty)
11917 {
11918 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11919 if (!loc_gdbarch)
11920 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11921
11922 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11923 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11924 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11925 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11926 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11927 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11928 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11929 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11930 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11931 enough for now, though. */
11932 }
11933
11934 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11935
11936 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
11937 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11938 b->location = string_to_event_location (&addr_string,
11939 language_def (language_ada));
11940 b->language = language_ada;
11941 }
11942
11943 static void
11944 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11945 {
11946 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11947 }
11948 \f
11949
11950 static void
11951 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11952 {
11953 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11954 }
11955
11956 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11957
11958 static int
11959 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11960 {
11961 const breakpoint_p *ba = (const breakpoint_p *) a;
11962 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11963 const breakpoint_p *bb = (const breakpoint_p *) b;
11964 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11965
11966 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11967 return -1;
11968 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11969 return 1;
11970
11971 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11972 the number 0. */
11973 if (ua < ub)
11974 return -1;
11975 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11976 }
11977
11978 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11979
11980 static void
11981 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11982 {
11983 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11984 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11985 int ix;
11986 int default_match;
11987 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11988 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11989 int i;
11990 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11991
11992 if (arg)
11993 {
11994 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11995 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11996 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11997 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11998 default_match = 0;
11999 }
12000 else
12001 {
12002 sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
12003 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12004 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12005
12006 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12007 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12008 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12009 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
12010 if (sal.symtab == 0)
12011 error (_("No source file specified."));
12012
12013 sals.sals[0] = sal;
12014 sals.nelts = 1;
12015
12016 default_match = 1;
12017 }
12018
12019 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12020 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12021 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12022 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12023
12024 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12025 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12026 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12027 due to optimization, all in one block.
12028
12029 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12030 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12031 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12032 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12033 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12034 to support that. */
12035
12036 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12037 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12038 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12039 breakpoint. */
12040
12041 found = NULL;
12042 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
12043 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
12044 {
12045 const char *sal_fullname;
12046
12047 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12048 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12049 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12050 or at default pc.
12051
12052 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12053
12054 0 1 pc
12055 1 1 pc _and_ line
12056 0 0 line
12057 1 0 <can't happen> */
12058
12059 sal = sals.sals[i];
12060 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
12061 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
12062
12063 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12064 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12065 {
12066 int match = 0;
12067 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12068 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
12069 {
12070 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12071 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12072 {
12073 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12074 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12075 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
12076 && sal.pc
12077 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
12078 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
12079 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
12080 || loc->section == sal.section));
12081 int line_match = 0;
12082
12083 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
12084 && loc->symtab != NULL
12085 && sal_fullname != NULL
12086 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
12087 && loc->line_number == sal.line
12088 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
12089 sal_fullname) == 0)
12090 line_match = 1;
12091
12092 if (pc_match || line_match)
12093 {
12094 match = 1;
12095 break;
12096 }
12097 }
12098 }
12099
12100 if (match)
12101 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
12102 }
12103 }
12104
12105 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12106 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
12107 {
12108 if (arg)
12109 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
12110 else
12111 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12112 }
12113
12114 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12115 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
12116 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
12117 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
12118 compare_breakpoints);
12119 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12120 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12121 {
12122 if (b == prev)
12123 {
12124 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12125 --ix;
12126 }
12127 }
12128
12129 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12130 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12131 if (from_tty)
12132 {
12133 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12134 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12135 else
12136 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12137 }
12138
12139 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12140 {
12141 if (from_tty)
12142 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12143 delete_breakpoint (b);
12144 }
12145 if (from_tty)
12146 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12147
12148 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12149 }
12150 \f
12151 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12152 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12153 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12154
12155 void
12156 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12157 {
12158 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12159
12160 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12161 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12162 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12163 && bs->stop)
12164 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12165
12166 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12167 {
12168 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12169 delete_breakpoint (b);
12170 }
12171 }
12172
12173 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12174 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12175 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12176 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
12177 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12178 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12179
12180 static int
12181 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12182 {
12183 const struct bp_location *a = *(const struct bp_location **) ap;
12184 const struct bp_location *b = *(const struct bp_location **) bp;
12185
12186 if (a->address != b->address)
12187 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12188
12189 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12190 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12191 grouped. */
12192
12193 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12194 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12195 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12196
12197 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12198 if (a->permanent != b->permanent)
12199 return (a->permanent < b->permanent) - (a->permanent > b->permanent);
12200
12201 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12202 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12203 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12204
12205 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12206 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12207 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12208
12209 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12210 }
12211
12212 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12213 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12214 content of the bp_location array. */
12215
12216 static void
12217 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12218 {
12219 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12220
12221 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12222 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12223
12224 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12225 {
12226 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12227
12228 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12229 continue;
12230
12231 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12232 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12233
12234 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12235 addr = bl->address - start;
12236 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12237 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12238
12239 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12240
12241 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12242 addr = end - bl->address;
12243 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12244 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12245 }
12246 }
12247
12248 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12249
12250 static void
12251 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12252 {
12253 struct breakpoint *b;
12254 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12255 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN;
12256
12257 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12258
12259 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12260 {
12261 struct bp_location *bl;
12262 struct tracepoint *t;
12263 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12264
12265 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12266 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12267 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12268 continue;
12269
12270 if (can_download_tracepoint == TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN)
12271 {
12272 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12273 can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_TRUE;
12274 else
12275 can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_FALSE;
12276 }
12277
12278 if (can_download_tracepoint == TRIBOOL_FALSE)
12279 break;
12280
12281 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12282 {
12283 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12284 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12285 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12286 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12287 continue;
12288
12289 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12290
12291 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12292
12293 bl->inserted = 1;
12294 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12295 }
12296 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12297 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12298 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12299 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12300 }
12301
12302 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12303 }
12304
12305 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12306
12307 static void
12308 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12309 {
12310 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12311 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12312 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12313 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12314
12315 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12316 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12317 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12318 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12319 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12320
12321 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12322 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12323 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12324 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12325 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12326 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12327 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12328 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12329 }
12330
12331 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12332 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12333 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12334 the target. */
12335
12336 static void
12337 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12338 {
12339 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12340 struct bp_location *loc;
12341 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12342 int pspace_num;
12343
12344 address = bl->address;
12345 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12346
12347 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12348 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12349 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12350 side. */
12351 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12352 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12353 return;
12354
12355 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12356 the same program space as the location
12357 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12358 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12359 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12360 {
12361 loc = *loc2p;
12362
12363 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12364 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12365 continue;
12366
12367 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12368 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12369 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12370 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12371 that have already been marked. */
12372 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12373
12374 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12375 it later on. */
12376 loc->cond_bytecode.reset ();
12377 }
12378 }
12379 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12380 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12381 locations are duplicate of which.
12382
12383 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12384 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12385 info. */
12386
12387 static void
12388 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12389 {
12390 struct breakpoint *b;
12391 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12392 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12393 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12394 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12395 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12396 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12397
12398 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12399 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12400 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12401 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12402 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12403 once. */
12404 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12405 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12406 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12407 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12408
12409 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12410 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12411 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12412 unsigned old_location_count;
12413
12414 old_location = bp_location;
12415 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12416 bp_location = NULL;
12417 bp_location_count = 0;
12418 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12419
12420 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12421 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12422 bp_location_count++;
12423
12424 bp_location = XNEWVEC (struct bp_location *, bp_location_count);
12425 locp = bp_location;
12426 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12427 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12428 *locp++ = loc;
12429 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12430 bp_location_compare);
12431
12432 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12433
12434 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12435 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12436 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12437 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12438 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12439 location.
12440
12441 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12442 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12443
12444 locp = bp_location;
12445 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12446 old_locp++)
12447 {
12448 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12449 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12450
12451 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12452 not, we have to free it. */
12453 int found_object = 0;
12454 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12455 int keep_in_target = 0;
12456 int removed = 0;
12457
12458 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12459 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12460 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12461 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12462 locp++;
12463
12464 for (loc2p = locp;
12465 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12466 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12467 loc2p++)
12468 {
12469 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12470 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12471 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12472 place there. */
12473 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12474 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12475 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12476 {
12477 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12478 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12479 }
12480
12481 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12482 found_object = 1;
12483 }
12484
12485 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12486 have to go through updates again. */
12487 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12488
12489 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12490 if (!found_object)
12491 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12492
12493 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12494 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12495 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12496 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12497 at certain location is not inserted. */
12498
12499 if (old_loc->inserted)
12500 {
12501 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12502 it. */
12503
12504 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12505 {
12506 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12507 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12508 keep_in_target = 1;
12509 }
12510 else
12511 {
12512 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12513 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12514 remove its target-side condition. */
12515
12516 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12517 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12518 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12519 this one from the target. */
12520
12521 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12522 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12523 {
12524 for (loc2p = locp;
12525 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12526 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12527 loc2p++)
12528 {
12529 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12530
12531 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12532 {
12533 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12534 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12535 supported, but the latter are. */
12536 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12537 {
12538 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12539 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12540 }
12541
12542 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12543 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12544 unduplicated. */
12545 if (loc2 != old_loc
12546 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12547 {
12548 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12549 keep_in_target = 1;
12550 break;
12551 }
12552 }
12553 }
12554 }
12555 }
12556
12557 if (!keep_in_target)
12558 {
12559 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc))
12560 {
12561 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12562 this location on the global list, and try to
12563 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12564 reason why we will succeed next time.
12565
12566 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12567 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12568 only after calling us. */
12569 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12570 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12571 old_loc->owner->number);
12572 }
12573 removed = 1;
12574 }
12575 }
12576
12577 if (!found_object)
12578 {
12579 if (removed && target_is_non_stop_p ()
12580 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc))
12581 {
12582 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12583 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12584 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12585 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12586 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12587 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12588 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12589 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12590 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12591 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12592 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12593 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12594 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12595 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12596 SIGTRAP.
12597
12598 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12599 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12600
12601 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12602 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12603 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12604 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12605 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12606 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12607 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12608 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12609 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12610 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12611 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12612 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12613 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12614 thread_count.
12615
12616 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12617 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12618 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12619 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12620
12621 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12622 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12623 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12624 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12625 traps we can no longer explain. */
12626
12627 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12628 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12629
12630 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12631 }
12632 else
12633 {
12634 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12635 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12636 }
12637 }
12638 }
12639
12640 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12641 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12642 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12643 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12644 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12645 are sorted first for the same address.
12646
12647 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12648 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12649
12650 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12651 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12652 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12653 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12654 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12655 {
12656 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12657 non-NULL. */
12658 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12659 b = loc->owner;
12660
12661 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12662 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12663 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12664 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12665 `struct bp_location'. */
12666 || is_tracepoint (b))
12667 {
12668 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12669 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12670 continue;
12671 }
12672
12673 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12674 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12675 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12676 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12677 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12678 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12679 else
12680 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12681
12682 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12683 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12684 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12685 {
12686 *loc_first_p = loc;
12687 loc->duplicate = 0;
12688
12689 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12690 {
12691 loc->needs_update = 1;
12692 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12693 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12694 }
12695 continue;
12696 }
12697
12698
12699 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12700 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12701 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12702 if (loc->inserted)
12703 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12704 loc->duplicate = 1;
12705
12706 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12707 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12708 }
12709
12710 if (insert_mode == UGLL_INSERT || breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12711 {
12712 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12713 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12714 else
12715 {
12716 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12717 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12718 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12719 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12720 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12721 "needs_update". */
12722 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12723 }
12724 }
12725
12726 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12727 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12728
12729 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12730 }
12731
12732 void
12733 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12734 {
12735 struct bp_location *loc;
12736 int ix;
12737
12738 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12739 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12740 {
12741 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12742 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12743 --ix;
12744 }
12745 }
12746
12747 static void
12748 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12749 {
12750
12751 TRY
12752 {
12753 update_global_location_list (insert_mode);
12754 }
12755 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12756 {
12757 }
12758 END_CATCH
12759 }
12760
12761 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12762
12763 static void
12764 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12765 {
12766 bpstat bs;
12767
12768 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12769 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12770 {
12771 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12772 bs->old_val = NULL;
12773 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12774 }
12775 }
12776
12777 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12778 static int
12779 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12780 {
12781 struct breakpoint *bpt = (struct breakpoint *) data;
12782
12783 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12784 return 0;
12785 }
12786
12787 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12788 callbacks. */
12789
12790 static void
12791 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12792 {
12793 struct value_print_options opts;
12794
12795 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12796
12797 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12798 single string. */
12799 if (b->loc == NULL)
12800 {
12801 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12802 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12803 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12804 if (b->extra_string == NULL)
12805 {
12806 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12807 event_location_to_string (b->location));
12808 }
12809 else if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
12810 {
12811 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12812 event_location_to_string (b->location),
12813 b->extra_string);
12814 }
12815 else
12816 {
12817 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12818 event_location_to_string (b->location),
12819 b->extra_string);
12820 }
12821 }
12822 else
12823 {
12824 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12825 {
12826 printf_filtered (" at ");
12827 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12828 gdb_stdout);
12829 }
12830 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12831 {
12832 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12833 more nicely. */
12834 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12835 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12836 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12837 b->loc->line_number);
12838 else
12839 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12840 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12841 real situation somewhat. */
12842 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12843 event_location_to_string (b->location));
12844 }
12845
12846 if (b->loc->next)
12847 {
12848 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12849 int n = 0;
12850 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12851 ++n;
12852 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12853 }
12854 }
12855 }
12856
12857 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12858
12859 static void
12860 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12861 {
12862 xfree (self->function_name);
12863 }
12864
12865 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12866 {
12867 bp_location_dtor
12868 };
12869
12870 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12871 inherit from. */
12872
12873 static void
12874 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12875 {
12876 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12877 xfree (self->cond_string);
12878 xfree (self->extra_string);
12879 xfree (self->filter);
12880 delete_event_location (self->location);
12881 delete_event_location (self->location_range_end);
12882 }
12883
12884 static struct bp_location *
12885 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12886 {
12887 struct bp_location *loc;
12888
12889 loc = new struct bp_location ();
12890 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12891 return loc;
12892 }
12893
12894 static void
12895 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12896 {
12897 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12898 }
12899
12900 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12901 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12902
12903 static int
12904 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12905 {
12906 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12907 }
12908
12909 static int
12910 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl,
12911 enum remove_bp_reason reason)
12912 {
12913 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12914 }
12915
12916 static int
12917 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12918 struct address_space *aspace,
12919 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12920 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12921 {
12922 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12923 }
12924
12925 static void
12926 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12927 {
12928 /* Always stop. */
12929 }
12930
12931 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12932 errors. */
12933
12934 static int
12935 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12936 {
12937 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12938 }
12939
12940 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12941 errors. */
12942
12943 static int
12944 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12945 {
12946 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12947 }
12948
12949 static enum print_stop_action
12950 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12951 {
12952 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12953 }
12954
12955 static void
12956 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12957 struct ui_out *uiout)
12958 {
12959 /* nothing */
12960 }
12961
12962 static void
12963 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12964 {
12965 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12966 }
12967
12968 static void
12969 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12970 {
12971 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12972 }
12973
12974 static void
12975 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12976 (const struct event_location *location,
12977 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12978 enum bptype type_wanted)
12979 {
12980 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12981 }
12982
12983 static void
12984 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12985 struct linespec_result *c,
12986 char *cond_string,
12987 char *extra_string,
12988 enum bptype type_wanted,
12989 enum bpdisp disposition,
12990 int thread,
12991 int task, int ignore_count,
12992 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12993 int from_tty, int enabled,
12994 int internal, unsigned flags)
12995 {
12996 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12997 }
12998
12999 static void
13000 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13001 const struct event_location *location,
13002 struct program_space *search_pspace,
13003 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13004 {
13005 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13006 }
13007
13008 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13009
13010 static int
13011 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
13012 {
13013 return 1;
13014 }
13015
13016 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13017
13018 static void
13019 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13020 {
13021 /* Nothing to do. */
13022 }
13023
13024 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
13025 {
13026 base_breakpoint_dtor,
13027 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
13028 base_breakpoint_re_set,
13029 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
13030 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
13031 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
13032 base_breakpoint_check_status,
13033 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
13034 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
13035 base_breakpoint_print_it,
13036 NULL,
13037 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
13038 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
13039 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
13040 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location,
13041 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
13042 base_breakpoint_decode_location,
13043 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
13044 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
13045 };
13046
13047 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13048
13049 static void
13050 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13051 {
13052 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13053 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b))
13054 {
13055 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
13056 delete_breakpoint (b);
13057 return;
13058 }
13059
13060 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13061 }
13062
13063 static int
13064 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13065 {
13066 CORE_ADDR addr = bl->target_info.reqstd_address;
13067
13068 bl->target_info.kind = breakpoint_kind (bl, &addr);
13069 bl->target_info.placed_address = addr;
13070
13071 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13072 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13073 else
13074 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13075 }
13076
13077 static int
13078 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
13079 {
13080 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13081 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13082 else
13083 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info, reason);
13084 }
13085
13086 static int
13087 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13088 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13089 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13090 {
13091 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13092 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
13093 return 0;
13094
13095 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
13096 aspace, bp_addr))
13097 return 0;
13098
13099 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
13100 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
13101 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
13102 return 0;
13103
13104 return 1;
13105 }
13106
13107 static int
13108 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13109 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13110 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13111 {
13112 if (dprintf_style == dprintf_style_agent
13113 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13114 {
13115 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13116 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13117 be set at the same address. */
13118 return 0;
13119 }
13120
13121 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
13122 }
13123
13124 static int
13125 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13126 {
13127 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
13128
13129 return 1;
13130 }
13131
13132 static enum print_stop_action
13133 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13134 {
13135 struct breakpoint *b;
13136 const struct bp_location *bl;
13137 int bp_temp;
13138 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13139
13140 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13141
13142 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13143 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13144
13145 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13146 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13147 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13148 bl->address,
13149 b->number, 1);
13150 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13151 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
13152
13153 if (bp_temp)
13154 uiout->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
13155 else
13156 uiout->text ("Breakpoint ");
13157 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
13158 {
13159 uiout->field_string ("reason",
13160 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13161 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13162 }
13163 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
13164 uiout->text (", ");
13165
13166 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13167 }
13168
13169 static void
13170 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13171 {
13172 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
13173 return;
13174
13175 switch (b->type)
13176 {
13177 case bp_breakpoint:
13178 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13179 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13180 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13181 else
13182 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13183 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13184 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13185 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13186 break;
13187 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13188 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13189 break;
13190 case bp_dprintf:
13191 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13192 break;
13193 }
13194
13195 say_where (b);
13196 }
13197
13198 static void
13199 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13200 {
13201 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13202 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13203 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13204 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13205 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13206 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13207 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13208 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13209 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13210 else
13211 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13212 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13213
13214 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s",
13215 event_location_to_string (tp->location));
13216
13217 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
13218 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
13219 if (tp->loc == NULL && tp->extra_string != NULL)
13220 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->extra_string);
13221
13222 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13223 }
13224
13225 static void
13226 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
13227 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13228 enum bptype type_wanted)
13229 {
13230 create_sals_from_location_default (location, canonical, type_wanted);
13231 }
13232
13233 static void
13234 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13235 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13236 char *cond_string,
13237 char *extra_string,
13238 enum bptype type_wanted,
13239 enum bpdisp disposition,
13240 int thread,
13241 int task, int ignore_count,
13242 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13243 int from_tty, int enabled,
13244 int internal, unsigned flags)
13245 {
13246 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13247 cond_string, extra_string,
13248 type_wanted,
13249 disposition, thread, task,
13250 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13251 enabled, internal, flags);
13252 }
13253
13254 static void
13255 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13256 const struct event_location *location,
13257 struct program_space *search_pspace,
13258 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13259 {
13260 decode_location_default (b, location, search_pspace, sals);
13261 }
13262
13263 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13264
13265 static void
13266 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13267 {
13268 switch (b->type)
13269 {
13270 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13271 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13272 case bp_overlay_event:
13273 case bp_longjmp_master:
13274 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13275 case bp_exception_master:
13276 delete_breakpoint (b);
13277 break;
13278
13279 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13280 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13281 case bp_shlib_event:
13282
13283 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13284 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13285 case bp_thread_event:
13286 break;
13287 }
13288 }
13289
13290 static void
13291 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13292 {
13293 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13294 {
13295 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13296 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13297 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13298 objects (among other things). */
13299 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13300 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13301 }
13302 else
13303 bs->stop = 0;
13304 }
13305
13306 static enum print_stop_action
13307 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13308 {
13309 struct breakpoint *b;
13310
13311 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13312
13313 switch (b->type)
13314 {
13315 case bp_shlib_event:
13316 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13317 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13318 to shlib event" message.) */
13319 print_solib_event (0);
13320 break;
13321
13322 case bp_thread_event:
13323 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13324 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13325 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13326 break;
13327
13328 case bp_overlay_event:
13329 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13330 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13331 break;
13332
13333 case bp_longjmp_master:
13334 /* These should never be enabled. */
13335 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13336 break;
13337
13338 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13339 /* These should never be enabled. */
13340 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13341 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13342 break;
13343
13344 case bp_exception_master:
13345 /* These should never be enabled. */
13346 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13347 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13348 break;
13349 }
13350
13351 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13352 }
13353
13354 static void
13355 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13356 {
13357 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13358 }
13359
13360 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13361
13362 static void
13363 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13364 {
13365 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13366 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13367 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13368 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13369 }
13370
13371 static void
13372 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13373 {
13374 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13375 }
13376
13377 static enum print_stop_action
13378 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13379 {
13380 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13381 }
13382
13383 static void
13384 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13385 {
13386 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13387 }
13388
13389 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13390
13391 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13392 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13393
13394 static void
13395 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13396 {
13397 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_global_id (self->thread);
13398
13399 if (tp)
13400 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13401
13402 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13403 }
13404
13405 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13406
13407 static int
13408 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13409 {
13410 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13411
13412 if (v == 0)
13413 {
13414 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13415 if needed. */
13416 if (bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore != NULL)
13417 bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13418 bl->probe.objfile,
13419 bl->gdbarch);
13420 }
13421
13422 return v;
13423 }
13424
13425 static int
13426 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl,
13427 enum remove_bp_reason reason)
13428 {
13429 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13430 if (bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore != NULL)
13431 bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13432 bl->probe.objfile,
13433 bl->gdbarch);
13434
13435 return bkpt_remove_location (bl, reason);
13436 }
13437
13438 static void
13439 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
13440 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13441 enum bptype type_wanted)
13442 {
13443 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13444
13445 lsal.sals = parse_probes (location, NULL, canonical);
13446 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical->location));
13447 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13448 }
13449
13450 static void
13451 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13452 const struct event_location *location,
13453 struct program_space *search_pspace,
13454 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13455 {
13456 *sals = parse_probes (location, search_pspace, NULL);
13457 if (!sals->sals)
13458 error (_("probe not found"));
13459 }
13460
13461 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13462
13463 static void
13464 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13465 {
13466 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13467 }
13468
13469 static int
13470 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13471 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13472 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13473 {
13474 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13475 tracepoints. */
13476 return 0;
13477 }
13478
13479 static void
13480 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13481 struct ui_out *uiout)
13482 {
13483 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13484 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13485 {
13486 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13487
13488 uiout->text ("\tmarker id is ");
13489 uiout->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13490 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13491 uiout->text ("\n");
13492 }
13493 }
13494
13495 static void
13496 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13497 {
13498 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
13499 return;
13500
13501 switch (b->type)
13502 {
13503 case bp_tracepoint:
13504 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13505 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13506 break;
13507 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13508 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13509 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13510 break;
13511 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13512 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13513 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13514 break;
13515 default:
13516 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13517 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13518 }
13519
13520 say_where (b);
13521 }
13522
13523 static void
13524 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13525 {
13526 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13527
13528 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13529 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13530 else if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13531 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13532 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13533 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13534 else
13535 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13536 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13537
13538 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s",
13539 event_location_to_string (self->location));
13540 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13541
13542 if (tp->pass_count)
13543 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13544 }
13545
13546 static void
13547 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
13548 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13549 enum bptype type_wanted)
13550 {
13551 create_sals_from_location_default (location, canonical, type_wanted);
13552 }
13553
13554 static void
13555 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13556 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13557 char *cond_string,
13558 char *extra_string,
13559 enum bptype type_wanted,
13560 enum bpdisp disposition,
13561 int thread,
13562 int task, int ignore_count,
13563 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13564 int from_tty, int enabled,
13565 int internal, unsigned flags)
13566 {
13567 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13568 cond_string, extra_string,
13569 type_wanted,
13570 disposition, thread, task,
13571 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13572 enabled, internal, flags);
13573 }
13574
13575 static void
13576 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13577 const struct event_location *location,
13578 struct program_space *search_pspace,
13579 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13580 {
13581 decode_location_default (b, location, search_pspace, sals);
13582 }
13583
13584 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13585
13586 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13587 static probe. */
13588
13589 static void
13590 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
13591 (const struct event_location *location,
13592 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13593 enum bptype type_wanted)
13594 {
13595 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13596 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location, canonical, type_wanted);
13597 }
13598
13599 static void
13600 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13601 const struct event_location *location,
13602 struct program_space *search_pspace,
13603 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13604 {
13605 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13606 bkpt_probe_decode_location (b, location, search_pspace, sals);
13607 }
13608
13609 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13610
13611 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13612
13613 static void
13614 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13615 {
13616 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13617
13618 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13619 gdb_assert (b->extra_string != NULL);
13620
13621 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13622 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13623 3 - disconnect from target 1
13624 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13625
13626 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13627 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13628 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13629 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13630 it all the time. */
13631 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13632 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13633 }
13634
13635 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13636
13637 static void
13638 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13639 {
13640 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s,%s",
13641 event_location_to_string (tp->location),
13642 tp->extra_string);
13643 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13644 }
13645
13646 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13647 dprintf.
13648
13649 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13650 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13651 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13652 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13653 address are all handled. */
13654
13655 static void
13656 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13657 {
13658 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13659 struct bpstats tmp_bs = { NULL };
13660 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13661
13662 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13663 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13664 condition not be evaluated. */
13665 bs->stop = 0;
13666
13667 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13668 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13669 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13670 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13671 commands here throws. */
13672 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13673 bs->commands = NULL;
13674 old_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs.commands);
13675
13676 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13677
13678 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13679 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13680 list. */
13681 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13682 }
13683
13684 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13685 markers (`-m'). */
13686
13687 static void
13688 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
13689 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13690 enum bptype type_wanted)
13691 {
13692 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13693 const char *arg_start, *arg;
13694 char *str;
13695 struct cleanup *cleanup;
13696
13697 arg = arg_start = get_linespec_location (location);
13698 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg);
13699
13700 str = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
13701 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
13702 canonical->location = new_linespec_location (&str);
13703 do_cleanups (cleanup);
13704
13705 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical->location));
13706 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13707 }
13708
13709 static void
13710 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13711 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13712 char *cond_string,
13713 char *extra_string,
13714 enum bptype type_wanted,
13715 enum bpdisp disposition,
13716 int thread,
13717 int task, int ignore_count,
13718 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13719 int from_tty, int enabled,
13720 int internal, unsigned flags)
13721 {
13722 int i;
13723 struct linespec_sals *lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals,
13724 canonical->sals, 0);
13725
13726 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13727 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13728 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13729 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13730 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13731 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13732
13733 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13734 {
13735 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13736 struct tracepoint *tp;
13737 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13738 struct event_location *location;
13739
13740 expanded.nelts = 1;
13741 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13742
13743 location = copy_event_location (canonical->location);
13744 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
13745
13746 tp = new tracepoint ();
13747 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13748 location, NULL,
13749 cond_string, extra_string,
13750 type_wanted, disposition,
13751 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13752 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13753 canonical->special_display);
13754 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13755 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13756 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13757 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13758 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13759 corresponds to this one */
13760 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13761
13762 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13763
13764 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13765 }
13766 }
13767
13768 static void
13769 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13770 const struct event_location *location,
13771 struct program_space *search_pspace,
13772 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13773 {
13774 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13775 const char *s = get_linespec_location (location);
13776
13777 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s);
13778 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13779 {
13780 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13781 sals->nelts = 1;
13782 }
13783 else
13784 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13785 }
13786
13787 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13788
13789 static int
13790 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13791 {
13792 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13793 }
13794
13795 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13796 structures. */
13797
13798 void
13799 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13800 {
13801 struct breakpoint *b;
13802
13803 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13804
13805 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13806 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13807 especial culprits.
13808
13809 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13810 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13811 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13812 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13813 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13814 deleted.
13815
13816 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13817 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13818 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13819 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13820 was chosen. */
13821 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13822 return;
13823
13824 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13825 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13826 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13827 {
13828 struct breakpoint *related;
13829 struct watchpoint *w;
13830
13831 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13832 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13833 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13834 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13835 else
13836 w = NULL;
13837 if (w != NULL)
13838 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13839
13840 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13841 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13842 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13843 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13844 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13845 }
13846
13847 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13848 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13849 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13850 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13851 if (bpt->number)
13852 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13853
13854 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13855 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13856
13857 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13858 if (b->next == bpt)
13859 {
13860 b->next = bpt->next;
13861 break;
13862 }
13863
13864 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13865 been freed. */
13866 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13867 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13868 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13869 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13870 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13871 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13872 commands won't work. */
13873
13874 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13875
13876 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13877 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13878 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13879 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13880 might be better design to have location completely
13881 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13882 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
13883
13884 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13885 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13886 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13887 bpt->type = bp_none;
13888 delete bpt;
13889 }
13890
13891 static void
13892 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13893 {
13894 delete_breakpoint ((struct breakpoint *) b);
13895 }
13896
13897 struct cleanup *
13898 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13899 {
13900 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13901 }
13902
13903 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13904 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13905
13906 static void
13907 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13908 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13909 void *),
13910 void *data)
13911 {
13912 struct breakpoint *related;
13913
13914 related = b;
13915 do
13916 {
13917 struct breakpoint *next;
13918
13919 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13920 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13921
13922 if (next == related)
13923 {
13924 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13925 function (related, data);
13926
13927 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13928 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13929 out. */
13930 break;
13931 }
13932 else
13933 function (related, data);
13934
13935 related = next;
13936 }
13937 while (related != b);
13938 }
13939
13940 static void
13941 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13942 {
13943 delete_breakpoint (b);
13944 }
13945
13946 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13947 delete_breakpoint. */
13948
13949 static void
13950 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13951 {
13952 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13953 }
13954
13955 void
13956 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13957 {
13958 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13959
13960 dont_repeat ();
13961
13962 if (arg == 0)
13963 {
13964 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13965
13966 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13967 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13968 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13969 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13970 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13971 {
13972 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13973 break;
13974 }
13975
13976 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13977 if (!from_tty
13978 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13979 {
13980 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13981 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13982 delete_breakpoint (b);
13983 }
13984 }
13985 else
13986 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13987 }
13988
13989 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13990 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13991 considered. */
13992
13993 static int
13994 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint *b, struct program_space *pspace)
13995 {
13996 struct bp_location *loc;
13997
13998 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
13999 if ((pspace == NULL
14000 || loc->pspace == pspace)
14001 && !loc->shlib_disabled
14002 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14003 return 0;
14004 return 1;
14005 }
14006
14007 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14008 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14009 Null names are ignored. */
14010
14011 static int
14012 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
14013 {
14014 struct bp_location *l;
14015 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
14016 (int (*) (const void *,
14017 const void *)) streq,
14018 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
14019
14020 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
14021 {
14022 const char **slot;
14023 const char *name = l->function_name;
14024
14025 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14026 if (name == NULL)
14027 continue;
14028
14029 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
14030 INSERT);
14031 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14032 returns NULL. */
14033 if (*slot != NULL)
14034 {
14035 htab_delete (htab);
14036 return 1;
14037 }
14038 *slot = name;
14039 }
14040
14041 htab_delete (htab);
14042 return 0;
14043 }
14044
14045 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14046 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14047 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14048 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14049 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14050 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14051 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14052 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14053 The heuristic is:
14054
14055 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14056 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14057 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14058 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14059 in the sources, and output a warning.
14060
14061 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14062 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14063 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14064 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14065 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14066 warning.
14067
14068 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14069 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14070 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14071 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14072 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14073 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14074 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14075 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14076 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14077
14078 static struct symtab_and_line
14079 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
14080 {
14081 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14082 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
14083 CORE_ADDR pc;
14084
14085 pc = sal.pc;
14086 if (sal.line)
14087 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
14088
14089 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
14090 {
14091 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
14092 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14093 b->number,
14094 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
14095
14096 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14097 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
14098 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
14099
14100 return sal;
14101 }
14102
14103 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14104 by string ID. */
14105 if (!sal.explicit_pc
14106 && sal.line != 0
14107 && sal.symtab != NULL
14108 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
14109 {
14110 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
14111
14112 markers
14113 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14114
14115 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
14116 {
14117 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
14118 struct symbol *sym;
14119 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
14120 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14121 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
14122
14123 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
14124
14125 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14126 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
14127
14128 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14129 "found at previous line number"),
14130 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14131
14132 init_sal (&sal2);
14133
14134 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
14135
14136 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
14137 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
14138 uiout->text ("Now in ");
14139 if (sym)
14140 {
14141 uiout->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
14142 uiout->text (" at ");
14143 }
14144 uiout->field_string ("file",
14145 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
14146 uiout->text (":");
14147
14148 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
14149 {
14150 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
14151
14152 uiout->field_string ("fullname", fullname);
14153 }
14154
14155 uiout->field_int ("line", sal2.line);
14156 uiout->text ("\n");
14157
14158 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
14159 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
14160
14161 delete_event_location (b->location);
14162 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
14163 explicit_loc.source_filename
14164 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
14165 explicit_loc.line_offset.offset = b->loc->line_number;
14166 explicit_loc.line_offset.sign = LINE_OFFSET_NONE;
14167 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
14168
14169 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14170 so. */
14171
14172 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
14173 }
14174 }
14175 return sal;
14176 }
14177
14178 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14179 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14180
14181 static int
14182 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
14183 {
14184 while (a && b)
14185 {
14186 if (a->address != b->address)
14187 return 0;
14188
14189 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
14190 return 0;
14191
14192 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
14193 return 0;
14194
14195 a = a->next;
14196 b = b->next;
14197 }
14198
14199 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
14200 return 0;
14201
14202 return 1;
14203 }
14204
14205 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
14206 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
14207 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
14208
14209 static struct bp_location *
14210 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint *b, struct program_space *pspace)
14211 {
14212 struct bp_location head;
14213 struct bp_location *i = b->loc;
14214 struct bp_location **i_link = &b->loc;
14215 struct bp_location *hoisted = &head;
14216
14217 if (pspace == NULL)
14218 {
14219 i = b->loc;
14220 b->loc = NULL;
14221 return i;
14222 }
14223
14224 head.next = NULL;
14225
14226 while (i != NULL)
14227 {
14228 if (i->pspace == pspace)
14229 {
14230 *i_link = i->next;
14231 i->next = NULL;
14232 hoisted->next = i;
14233 hoisted = i;
14234 }
14235 else
14236 i_link = &i->next;
14237 i = *i_link;
14238 }
14239
14240 return head.next;
14241 }
14242
14243 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
14244 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
14245 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
14246 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
14247 untouched. */
14248
14249 void
14250 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14251 struct program_space *filter_pspace,
14252 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14253 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14254 {
14255 int i;
14256 struct bp_location *existing_locations;
14257
14258 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14259 {
14260 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14261 location. */
14262 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14263 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14264 "multiple locations found\n"),
14265 b->number);
14266 return;
14267 }
14268
14269 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14270 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14271 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14272 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14273 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14274 individual locations. */
14275 if (all_locations_are_pending (b, filter_pspace) && sals.nelts == 0)
14276 return;
14277
14278 existing_locations = hoist_existing_locations (b, filter_pspace);
14279
14280 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14281 {
14282 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14283
14284 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14285
14286 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14287
14288 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14289 old symtab. */
14290 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14291 {
14292 const char *s;
14293
14294 s = b->cond_string;
14295 TRY
14296 {
14297 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14298 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14299 0);
14300 }
14301 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14302 {
14303 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14304 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14305 b->number, e.message);
14306 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14307 }
14308 END_CATCH
14309 }
14310
14311 if (sals_end.nelts)
14312 {
14313 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14314
14315 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14316 }
14317 }
14318
14319 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14320 breakpoints. */
14321 {
14322 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14323 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14324 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14325 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14326 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14327 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14328 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14329
14330 for (; e; e = e->next)
14331 {
14332 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14333 {
14334 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14335 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14336 {
14337 for (; l; l = l->next)
14338 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14339 {
14340 l->enabled = 0;
14341 break;
14342 }
14343 }
14344 else
14345 {
14346 for (; l; l = l->next)
14347 if (l->function_name
14348 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14349 {
14350 l->enabled = 0;
14351 break;
14352 }
14353 }
14354 }
14355 }
14356 }
14357
14358 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14359 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14360 }
14361
14362 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
14363 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14364
14365 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14366 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, struct event_location *location,
14367 struct program_space *search_pspace, int *found)
14368 {
14369 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14370 struct gdb_exception exception = exception_none;
14371
14372 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14373
14374 TRY
14375 {
14376 b->ops->decode_location (b, location, search_pspace, &sals);
14377 }
14378 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14379 {
14380 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14381
14382 exception = e;
14383
14384 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14385 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14386 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14387 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14388 state, then user already saw the message about that
14389 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14390 errors. */
14391 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14392 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14393 || (b->loc != NULL
14394 && search_pspace != NULL
14395 && b->loc->pspace != search_pspace)
14396 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14397 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14398 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14399 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14400
14401 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14402 {
14403 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14404 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14405 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14406 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14407 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14408 which approach is better. */
14409 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14410 throw_exception (e);
14411 }
14412 }
14413 END_CATCH
14414
14415 if (exception.reason == 0 || exception.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14416 {
14417 int i;
14418
14419 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14420 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14421 if (b->condition_not_parsed && b->extra_string != NULL)
14422 {
14423 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14424 int thread, task;
14425
14426 find_condition_and_thread (b->extra_string, sals.sals[0].pc,
14427 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14428 &extra_string);
14429 gdb_assert (b->cond_string == NULL);
14430 if (cond_string)
14431 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14432 b->thread = thread;
14433 b->task = task;
14434 if (extra_string)
14435 {
14436 xfree (b->extra_string);
14437 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14438 }
14439 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14440 }
14441
14442 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14443 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14444
14445 *found = 1;
14446 }
14447 else
14448 *found = 0;
14449
14450 return sals;
14451 }
14452
14453 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14454 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14455 locations. */
14456
14457 static void
14458 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14459 {
14460 int found;
14461 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14462 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14463 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14464 struct program_space *filter_pspace = current_program_space;
14465
14466 sals = location_to_sals (b, b->location, filter_pspace, &found);
14467 if (found)
14468 {
14469 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14470 expanded = sals;
14471 }
14472
14473 if (b->location_range_end != NULL)
14474 {
14475 sals_end = location_to_sals (b, b->location_range_end,
14476 filter_pspace, &found);
14477 if (found)
14478 {
14479 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14480 expanded_end = sals_end;
14481 }
14482 }
14483
14484 update_breakpoint_locations (b, filter_pspace, expanded, expanded_end);
14485 }
14486
14487 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14488 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14489
14490 static void
14491 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location *location,
14492 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14493 enum bptype type_wanted)
14494 {
14495 parse_breakpoint_sals (location, canonical);
14496 }
14497
14498 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14499 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14500 breakpoint_ops. */
14501
14502 static void
14503 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14504 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14505 char *cond_string,
14506 char *extra_string,
14507 enum bptype type_wanted,
14508 enum bpdisp disposition,
14509 int thread,
14510 int task, int ignore_count,
14511 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14512 int from_tty, int enabled,
14513 int internal, unsigned flags)
14514 {
14515 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14516 extra_string,
14517 type_wanted, disposition,
14518 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14519 enabled, internal, flags);
14520 }
14521
14522 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14523 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14524
14525 static void
14526 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint *b,
14527 const struct event_location *location,
14528 struct program_space *search_pspace,
14529 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14530 {
14531 struct linespec_result canonical;
14532
14533 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14534 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, search_pspace,
14535 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14536 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14537 b->filter);
14538
14539 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14540 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14541
14542 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14543 {
14544 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14545
14546 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14547 *sals = lsal->sals;
14548 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14549 contents. */
14550 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14551 }
14552
14553 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14554 }
14555
14556 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14557
14558 static struct cleanup *
14559 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14560 {
14561 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14562 set_language (b->language);
14563
14564 return make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
14565 }
14566
14567 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14568 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14569 Unused in this case. */
14570
14571 static int
14572 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14573 {
14574 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14575 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14576 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14577
14578 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14579 b->ops->re_set (b);
14580 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14581 return 0;
14582 }
14583
14584 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
14585 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
14586
14587 void
14588 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14589 {
14590 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14591 enum language save_language;
14592 int save_input_radix;
14593 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14594
14595 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14596 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14597 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14598
14599 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
14600 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
14601 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
14602 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
14603
14604 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14605 {
14606 /* Format possible error msg. */
14607 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14608 b->number);
14609 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14610 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14611 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14612 }
14613 set_language (save_language);
14614 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14615
14616 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14617
14618 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14619
14620 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14621 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14622 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14623 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14624
14625 /* Now we can insert. */
14626 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14627 }
14628 \f
14629 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14630
14631 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14632 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14633 void
14634 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14635 {
14636 if (b->thread != -1)
14637 {
14638 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14639 b->thread = ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14640
14641 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14642 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14643 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14644 as well. */
14645 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14646 }
14647 }
14648
14649 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14650 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14651 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14652
14653 void
14654 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14655 {
14656 struct breakpoint *b;
14657
14658 if (count < 0)
14659 count = 0;
14660
14661 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14662 if (b->number == bptnum)
14663 {
14664 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14665 {
14666 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14667 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14668 bptnum);
14669 return;
14670 }
14671
14672 b->ignore_count = count;
14673 if (from_tty)
14674 {
14675 if (count == 0)
14676 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14677 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14678 bptnum);
14679 else if (count == 1)
14680 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14681 bptnum);
14682 else
14683 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14684 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14685 count, bptnum);
14686 }
14687 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14688 return;
14689 }
14690
14691 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14692 }
14693
14694 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14695
14696 static void
14697 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14698 {
14699 char *p = args;
14700 int num;
14701
14702 if (p == 0)
14703 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14704
14705 num = get_number (&p);
14706 if (num == 0)
14707 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14708 if (*p == 0)
14709 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14710
14711 set_ignore_count (num,
14712 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14713 from_tty);
14714 if (from_tty)
14715 printf_filtered ("\n");
14716 }
14717 \f
14718 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14719 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14720
14721 static void
14722 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args,
14723 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14724 void *),
14725 void *data)
14726 {
14727 int num;
14728 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14729
14730 if (args == 0 || *args == '\0')
14731 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14732
14733 number_or_range_parser parser (args);
14734
14735 while (!parser.finished ())
14736 {
14737 const char *p = parser.cur_tok ();
14738 bool match = false;
14739
14740 num = parser.get_number ();
14741 if (num == 0)
14742 {
14743 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14744 }
14745 else
14746 {
14747 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14748 if (b->number == num)
14749 {
14750 match = true;
14751 function (b, data);
14752 break;
14753 }
14754 if (!match)
14755 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14756 }
14757 }
14758 }
14759
14760 static struct bp_location *
14761 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14762 {
14763 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14764 char *p1;
14765 int bp_num;
14766 int loc_num;
14767 struct breakpoint *b;
14768 struct bp_location *loc;
14769
14770 *dot = '\0';
14771
14772 p1 = number;
14773 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14774 if (bp_num == 0)
14775 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14776
14777 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14778 if (b->number == bp_num)
14779 {
14780 break;
14781 }
14782
14783 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14784 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14785
14786 p1 = dot+1;
14787 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14788 if (loc_num == 0)
14789 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14790
14791 --loc_num;
14792 loc = b->loc;
14793 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14794 ;
14795 if (!loc)
14796 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14797
14798 return loc;
14799 }
14800
14801
14802 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14803 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14804 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14805
14806 void
14807 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14808 {
14809 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14810 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14811 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14812 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14813 return;
14814
14815 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14816
14817 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14818 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14819
14820 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14821 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14822 {
14823 struct bp_location *location;
14824
14825 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14826 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14827 }
14828
14829 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14830
14831 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14832 }
14833
14834 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14835
14836 static void
14837 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14838 {
14839 disable_breakpoint (b);
14840 }
14841
14842 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14843 disable_breakpoint. */
14844
14845 static void
14846 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14847 {
14848 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14849 }
14850
14851 static void
14852 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14853 {
14854 if (args == 0)
14855 {
14856 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14857
14858 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14859 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14860 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14861 }
14862 else
14863 {
14864 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
14865
14866 while (num)
14867 {
14868 if (strchr (num, '.'))
14869 {
14870 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
14871
14872 if (loc)
14873 {
14874 if (loc->enabled)
14875 {
14876 loc->enabled = 0;
14877 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14878 }
14879 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14880 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14881 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14882 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14883 }
14884 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14885 }
14886 else
14887 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14888 num = extract_arg (&args);
14889 }
14890 }
14891 }
14892
14893 static void
14894 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14895 int count)
14896 {
14897 int target_resources_ok;
14898
14899 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14900 {
14901 int i;
14902 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14903 target_resources_ok =
14904 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14905 i + 1, 0);
14906 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14907 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14908 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14909 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14910 }
14911
14912 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14913 {
14914 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14915 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = bp_disabled;
14916
14917 TRY
14918 {
14919 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14920
14921 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14922 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14923 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14924 }
14925 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14926 {
14927 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14928 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14929 bpt->number);
14930 return;
14931 }
14932 END_CATCH
14933 }
14934
14935 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14936
14937 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14938 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14939
14940 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14941 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14942 {
14943 struct bp_location *location;
14944
14945 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14946 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14947 }
14948
14949 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14950 bpt->enable_count = count;
14951 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14952
14953 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14954 }
14955
14956
14957 void
14958 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14959 {
14960 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14961 }
14962
14963 static void
14964 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14965 {
14966 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14967 }
14968
14969 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14970 enable_breakpoint. */
14971
14972 static void
14973 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14974 {
14975 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14976 }
14977
14978 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14979 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14980 in stopping the inferior. */
14981
14982 static void
14983 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14984 {
14985 if (args == 0)
14986 {
14987 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14988
14989 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14990 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14991 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14992 }
14993 else
14994 {
14995 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
14996
14997 while (num)
14998 {
14999 if (strchr (num, '.'))
15000 {
15001 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
15002
15003 if (loc)
15004 {
15005 if (!loc->enabled)
15006 {
15007 loc->enabled = 1;
15008 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
15009 }
15010 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15011 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
15012 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
15013 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
15014 }
15015 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
15016 }
15017 else
15018 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15019 num = extract_arg (&args);
15020 }
15021 }
15022 }
15023
15024 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
15025 breakpoints. */
15026
15027 struct disp_data
15028 {
15029 enum bpdisp disp;
15030 int count;
15031 };
15032
15033 static void
15034 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15035 {
15036 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
15037
15038 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
15039 }
15040
15041 static void
15042 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15043 {
15044 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
15045
15046 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15047 }
15048
15049 static void
15050 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15051 {
15052 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
15053 }
15054
15055 static void
15056 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
15057 {
15058 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
15059
15060 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15061 }
15062
15063 static void
15064 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15065 {
15066 int count;
15067
15068 if (args == NULL)
15069 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
15070
15071 count = get_number (&args);
15072
15073 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
15074 }
15075
15076 static void
15077 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15078 {
15079 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
15080
15081 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15082 }
15083
15084 static void
15085 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15086 {
15087 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15088 }
15089 \f
15090 static void
15091 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15092 {
15093 }
15094
15095 static void
15096 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15097 {
15098 }
15099
15100 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15101 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15102 GDB itself. */
15103
15104 static void
15105 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
15106 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
15107 const bfd_byte *data)
15108 {
15109 struct breakpoint *bp;
15110
15111 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15112 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
15113 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
15114 {
15115 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
15116
15117 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
15118 {
15119 struct bp_location *loc;
15120
15121 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
15122 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15123 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
15124 && addr + len > loc->address)
15125 {
15126 value_free (wp->val);
15127 wp->val = NULL;
15128 wp->val_valid = 0;
15129 }
15130 }
15131 }
15132 }
15133
15134 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15135
15136 void
15137 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
15138 struct address_space *aspace,
15139 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
15140 {
15141 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
15142 struct symtab_and_line sal;
15143 CORE_ADDR pc = next_pc;
15144
15145 if (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints == NULL)
15146 {
15147 tp->control.single_step_breakpoints
15148 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp->global_num, gdbarch);
15149 }
15150
15151 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
15152 sal.pc = pc;
15153 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
15154 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
15155 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints, &sal);
15156
15157 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
15158 }
15159
15160 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
15161
15162 int
15163 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
15164 {
15165 struct regcache *regcache = get_current_regcache ();
15166 VEC (CORE_ADDR) * next_pcs;
15167
15168 next_pcs = gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch, regcache);
15169
15170 if (next_pcs != NULL)
15171 {
15172 int i;
15173 CORE_ADDR pc;
15174 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
15175 struct address_space *aspace = get_frame_address_space (frame);
15176
15177 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (CORE_ADDR, next_pcs, i, pc); i++)
15178 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, pc);
15179
15180 VEC_free (CORE_ADDR, next_pcs);
15181
15182 return 1;
15183 }
15184 else
15185 return 0;
15186 }
15187
15188 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15189
15190 int
15191 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint *bp,
15192 struct address_space *aspace,
15193 CORE_ADDR pc)
15194 {
15195 struct bp_location *loc;
15196
15197 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
15198 if (loc->inserted
15199 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
15200 return 1;
15201
15202 return 0;
15203 }
15204
15205 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15206 PC. */
15207
15208 int
15209 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15210 CORE_ADDR pc)
15211 {
15212 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15213
15214 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15215 {
15216 if (bpt->type == bp_single_step
15217 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt, aspace, pc))
15218 return 1;
15219 }
15220 return 0;
15221 }
15222
15223 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15224
15225 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15226 static void
15227 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15228 {
15229 tracepoint_count = num;
15230 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15231 }
15232
15233 static void
15234 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15235 {
15236 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15237 struct event_location *location;
15238 struct cleanup *back_to;
15239
15240 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
15241 back_to = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
15242 if (location != NULL
15243 && event_location_type (location) == PROBE_LOCATION)
15244 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15245 else
15246 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15247
15248 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15249 location,
15250 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
15251 0 /* tempflag */,
15252 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15253 0 /* Ignore count */,
15254 pending_break_support,
15255 ops,
15256 from_tty,
15257 1 /* enabled */,
15258 0 /* internal */, 0);
15259 do_cleanups (back_to);
15260 }
15261
15262 static void
15263 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15264 {
15265 struct event_location *location;
15266 struct cleanup *back_to;
15267
15268 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
15269 back_to = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
15270 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15271 location,
15272 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
15273 0 /* tempflag */,
15274 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15275 0 /* Ignore count */,
15276 pending_break_support,
15277 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15278 from_tty,
15279 1 /* enabled */,
15280 0 /* internal */, 0);
15281 do_cleanups (back_to);
15282 }
15283
15284 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15285
15286 static void
15287 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15288 {
15289 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15290 struct event_location *location;
15291 struct cleanup *back_to;
15292
15293 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15294 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15295 if (arg && startswith (arg, "-m") && isspace (arg[2]))
15296 {
15297 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15298 location = new_linespec_location (&arg);
15299 }
15300 else
15301 {
15302 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15303 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
15304 }
15305
15306 back_to = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
15307 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15308 location,
15309 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
15310 0 /* tempflag */,
15311 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15312 0 /* Ignore count */,
15313 pending_break_support,
15314 ops,
15315 from_tty,
15316 1 /* enabled */,
15317 0 /* internal */, 0);
15318 do_cleanups (back_to);
15319 }
15320
15321 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15322 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15323
15324 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15325 static int next_cmd;
15326
15327 static char *
15328 read_uploaded_action (void)
15329 {
15330 char *rslt;
15331
15332 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15333
15334 next_cmd++;
15335
15336 return rslt;
15337 }
15338
15339 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15340 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15341 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15342 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15343 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15344
15345 struct tracepoint *
15346 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15347 {
15348 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15349 struct tracepoint *tp;
15350 struct event_location *location;
15351 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15352
15353 if (utp->at_string)
15354 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15355 else
15356 {
15357 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15358 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15359 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15360 user. */
15361 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15362 "source location, using raw address"),
15363 utp->number);
15364 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15365 addr_str = small_buf;
15366 }
15367
15368 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15369 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15370 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15371 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15372 utp->number);
15373
15374 location = string_to_event_location (&addr_str, current_language);
15375 cleanup = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
15376 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15377 location,
15378 utp->cond_string, -1, addr_str,
15379 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15380 0 /* tempflag */,
15381 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15382 0 /* Ignore count */,
15383 pending_break_support,
15384 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15385 0 /* from_tty */,
15386 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15387 0 /* internal */,
15388 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15389 {
15390 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15391 return NULL;
15392 }
15393
15394 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15395
15396 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15397 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15398 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15399
15400 if (utp->pass > 0)
15401 {
15402 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15403 tp->base.number);
15404
15405 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15406 }
15407
15408 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15409 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15410 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15411 function. */
15412 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15413 {
15414 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15415
15416 this_utp = utp;
15417 next_cmd = 0;
15418
15419 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15420
15421 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15422 }
15423 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15424 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15425 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15426 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15427 utp->number);
15428
15429 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15430 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15431 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15432
15433 return tp;
15434 }
15435
15436 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15437 omitted. */
15438
15439 static void
15440 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15441 {
15442 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15443 int num_printed;
15444
15445 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15446
15447 if (num_printed == 0)
15448 {
15449 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15450 uiout->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
15451 else
15452 uiout->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15453 }
15454
15455 default_collect_info ();
15456 }
15457
15458 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15459 Not supported by all targets. */
15460 static void
15461 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15462 {
15463 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15464 }
15465
15466 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15467 Not supported by all targets. */
15468 static void
15469 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15470 {
15471 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15472 }
15473
15474 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15475 static void
15476 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15477 {
15478 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15479
15480 dont_repeat ();
15481
15482 if (arg == 0)
15483 {
15484 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15485
15486 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15487 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15488 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15489 argument. */
15490 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15491 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15492 {
15493 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15494 break;
15495 }
15496
15497 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15498 if (!from_tty
15499 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15500 {
15501 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15502 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15503 delete_breakpoint (b);
15504 }
15505 }
15506 else
15507 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15508 }
15509
15510 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15511
15512 static void
15513 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15514 {
15515 tp->pass_count = count;
15516 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15517 if (from_tty)
15518 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15519 tp->base.number, count);
15520 }
15521
15522 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15523
15524 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15525 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15526 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15527
15528 static void
15529 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15530 {
15531 struct tracepoint *t1;
15532 unsigned int count;
15533
15534 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15535 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15536 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15537
15538 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15539
15540 args = skip_spaces (args);
15541 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15542 {
15543 struct breakpoint *b;
15544
15545 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15546 if (*args)
15547 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15548
15549 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15550 {
15551 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15552 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15553 }
15554 }
15555 else if (*args == '\0')
15556 {
15557 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL);
15558 if (t1)
15559 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15560 }
15561 else
15562 {
15563 number_or_range_parser parser (args);
15564 while (!parser.finished ())
15565 {
15566 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &parser);
15567 if (t1)
15568 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15569 }
15570 }
15571 }
15572
15573 struct tracepoint *
15574 get_tracepoint (int num)
15575 {
15576 struct breakpoint *t;
15577
15578 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15579 if (t->number == num)
15580 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15581
15582 return NULL;
15583 }
15584
15585 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15586 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15587 reconnecting). */
15588
15589 struct tracepoint *
15590 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15591 {
15592 struct breakpoint *b;
15593
15594 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15595 {
15596 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15597
15598 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15599 return t;
15600 }
15601
15602 return NULL;
15603 }
15604
15605 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15606 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15607 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15608 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15609
15610 struct tracepoint *
15611 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15612 number_or_range_parser *parser)
15613 {
15614 struct breakpoint *t;
15615 int tpnum;
15616 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15617
15618 if (parser != NULL)
15619 {
15620 gdb_assert (!parser->finished ());
15621 tpnum = parser->get_number ();
15622 }
15623 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15624 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15625 else
15626 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15627
15628 if (tpnum <= 0)
15629 {
15630 if (instring && *instring)
15631 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15632 instring);
15633 else
15634 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15635 return NULL;
15636 }
15637
15638 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15639 if (t->number == tpnum)
15640 {
15641 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15642 }
15643
15644 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15645 return NULL;
15646 }
15647
15648 void
15649 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15650 {
15651 if (b->thread != -1)
15652 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15653
15654 if (b->task != 0)
15655 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15656
15657 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15658 }
15659
15660 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15661 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15662 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15663 non-zero. */
15664
15665 static void
15666 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15667 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15668 {
15669 struct breakpoint *tp;
15670 int any = 0;
15671 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15672 struct ui_file *fp;
15673 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15674
15675 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15676 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15677
15678 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15679 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15680 {
15681 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15682 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15683 continue;
15684
15685 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15686 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15687 continue;
15688
15689 any = 1;
15690
15691 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15692 {
15693 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15694
15695 /* We can stop searching. */
15696 break;
15697 }
15698 }
15699
15700 if (!any)
15701 {
15702 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15703 return;
15704 }
15705
15706 filename = tilde_expand (filename);
15707 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, filename);
15708 fp = gdb_fopen (filename, "w");
15709 if (!fp)
15710 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15711 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15712 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15713
15714 if (extra_trace_bits)
15715 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15716
15717 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15718 {
15719 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15720 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15721 continue;
15722
15723 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15724 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15725 continue;
15726
15727 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15728
15729 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15730 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15731 instead. */
15732
15733 if (tp->cond_string)
15734 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15735
15736 if (tp->ignore_count)
15737 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15738
15739 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15740 {
15741 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15742
15743 current_uiout->redirect (fp);
15744 TRY
15745 {
15746 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15747 }
15748 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15749 {
15750 current_uiout->redirect (NULL);
15751 throw_exception (ex);
15752 }
15753 END_CATCH
15754
15755 current_uiout->redirect (NULL);
15756 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15757 }
15758
15759 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15760 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum\n");
15761
15762 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15763 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15764 special, and not user visible. */
15765 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15766 {
15767 struct bp_location *loc;
15768 int n = 1;
15769
15770 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15771 if (!loc->enabled)
15772 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15773 }
15774 }
15775
15776 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15777 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15778
15779 if (from_tty)
15780 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15781 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15782 }
15783
15784 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15785
15786 static void
15787 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15788 {
15789 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15790 }
15791
15792 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15793
15794 static void
15795 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15796 {
15797 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15798 }
15799
15800 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15801
15802 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15803 all_tracepoints (void)
15804 {
15805 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15806 struct breakpoint *tp;
15807
15808 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15809 {
15810 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15811 }
15812
15813 return tp_vec;
15814 }
15815
15816 \f
15817 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15818 locations used by several commands. */
15819
15820 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15821 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15822 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15823 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15824 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15825 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15826 \n\
15827 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15828 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15829 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15830 \n\
15831 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15832 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15833 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15834 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15835 -function fact -label the_top\".\n"
15836
15837 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15838 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15839 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15840 command. */
15841
15842 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15843 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15844 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15845 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15846 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15847 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15848 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15849 below.\n\
15850 \n\
15851 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15852 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15853 \n\
15854 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15855 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15856 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15857 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15858 conditions are different.\n\
15859 \n\
15860 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15861
15862 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15863 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15864
15865 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15866 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15867
15868 void
15869 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15870 cmd_sfunc_ftype *sfunc,
15871 completer_ftype *completer,
15872 void *user_data_catch,
15873 void *user_data_tcatch)
15874 {
15875 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15876
15877 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15878 &catch_cmdlist);
15879 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15880 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15881 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15882
15883 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15884 &tcatch_cmdlist);
15885 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15886 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15887 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15888 }
15889
15890 static void
15891 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15892 {
15893 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15894 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15895 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", all_commands, gdb_stdout);
15896 }
15897
15898 struct breakpoint *
15899 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15900 void *data)
15901 {
15902 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15903
15904 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15905 {
15906 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15907 return b;
15908 }
15909
15910 return NULL;
15911 }
15912
15913 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15914 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15915
15916 static int
15917 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15918 {
15919 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15920 non-inline function. */
15921 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15922 return 1;
15923
15924 return 0;
15925 }
15926
15927 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15928 have been inlined. */
15929
15930 int
15931 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15932 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15933 {
15934 struct breakpoint *b;
15935 struct bp_location *bl;
15936
15937 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15938 {
15939 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15940 continue;
15941
15942 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15943 {
15944 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15945 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15946 return 1;
15947 }
15948 }
15949
15950 return 0;
15951 }
15952
15953 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15954
15955 void
15956 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15957 {
15958 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15959
15960 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15961 if (loc->symtab != NULL && SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc->symtab) == objfile)
15962 loc->symtab = NULL;
15963 }
15964
15965 void
15966 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15967 {
15968 static int initialized = 0;
15969
15970 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15971
15972 if (initialized)
15973 return;
15974 initialized = 1;
15975
15976 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15977 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15978 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15979 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15980 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15981 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15982 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15983 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15984 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15985 ops->create_sals_from_location = bkpt_create_sals_from_location;
15986 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15987 ops->decode_location = bkpt_decode_location;
15988
15989 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15990 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15991 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15992 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15993 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15994 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15995 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15996 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15997
15998 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15999 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
16000 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16001 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
16002 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
16003 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
16004 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
16005 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
16006 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
16007 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
16008
16009 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16010 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
16011 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16012 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
16013 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
16014 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
16015 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
16016
16017 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16018 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16019 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16020 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
16021 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
16022 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
16023 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
16024
16025 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16026 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
16027 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16028 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
16029
16030 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16031 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16032 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16033 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
16034 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
16035 ops->create_sals_from_location = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location;
16036 ops->decode_location = bkpt_probe_decode_location;
16037
16038 /* Watchpoints. */
16039 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16040 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16041 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
16042 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
16043 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
16044 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
16045 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
16046 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
16047 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
16048 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
16049 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
16050 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
16051 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
16052 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
16053
16054 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16055 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16056 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16057 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
16058 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
16059 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
16060 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
16061 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
16062 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
16063 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
16064 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
16065
16066 /* Tracepoints. */
16067 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16068 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16069 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
16070 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
16071 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
16072 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
16073 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
16074 ops->create_sals_from_location = tracepoint_create_sals_from_location;
16075 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
16076 ops->decode_location = tracepoint_decode_location;
16077
16078 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16079 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16080 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16081 ops->create_sals_from_location = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location;
16082 ops->decode_location = tracepoint_probe_decode_location;
16083
16084 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16085 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
16086 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16087 ops->create_sals_from_location = strace_marker_create_sals_from_location;
16088 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
16089 ops->decode_location = strace_marker_decode_location;
16090
16091 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16092 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
16093 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16094 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
16095 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
16096 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
16097 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
16098 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
16099 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
16100 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
16101
16102 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16103 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
16104 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16105 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
16106 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
16107 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
16108 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
16109 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
16110 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
16111 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
16112
16113 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16114 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
16115 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16116 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
16117 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
16118 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
16119 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
16120 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
16121 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
16122 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
16123 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
16124
16125 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16126 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
16127 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16128 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
16129 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
16130 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
16131 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
16132 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
16133 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
16134 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
16135 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
16136 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
16137
16138 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
16139 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16140 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
16141 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16142 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16143 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16144 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
16145 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
16146 ops->breakpoint_hit = dprintf_breakpoint_hit;
16147 }
16148
16149 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16150
16151 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16152
16153 void
16154 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16155 {
16156 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16157
16158 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16159
16160 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16161 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
16162 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16163
16164 breakpoint_objfile_key
16165 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16166
16167 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16168 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16169 before a breakpoint is set. */
16170 breakpoint_count = 0;
16171
16172 tracepoint_count = 0;
16173
16174 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16175 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16176 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16177
16178 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16179 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16180 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16181 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16182 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16183 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16184 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16185 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16186
16187 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16188 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16189 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16190 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16191 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16192
16193 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16194 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16195 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16196 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16197 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16198 \n"
16199 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16200 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16201
16202 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16203 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16204 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16205 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16206 \n"
16207 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16208 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16209
16210 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16211 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16212 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16213 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16214 \n"
16215 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16216 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16217
16218 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16219 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16220 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16221 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16222 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16223 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16224 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16225
16226 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16227
16228 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16229 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16230 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16231 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16232 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16233 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16234
16235 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16236 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16237 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16238 &enablebreaklist);
16239
16240 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16241 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16242 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16243 &enablebreaklist);
16244
16245 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16246 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16247 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16248 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16249 &enablebreaklist);
16250
16251 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16252 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16253 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16254 &enablelist);
16255
16256 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16257 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16258 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16259 &enablelist);
16260
16261 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16262 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16263 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16264 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16265 &enablelist);
16266
16267 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16268 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16269 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16270 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16271 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16272 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16273 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16274 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16275
16276 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16277 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16278 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16279 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16280 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16281 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16282 &disablelist);
16283
16284 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16285 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16286 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16287 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16288 \n\
16289 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16290 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16291 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16292 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16293 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16294
16295 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16296 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16297 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16298 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16299 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16300 &deletelist);
16301
16302 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16303 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
16304 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
16305 \n\
16306 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16307 is executing in.\n"
16308 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
16309 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16310 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16311
16312 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16313 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
16314 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16315 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16316
16317 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16318 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16319 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16320 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16321
16322 if (dbx_commands)
16323 {
16324 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16325 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16326 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16327 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16328 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16329 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16330 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16331 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16332 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16333 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16334 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16335 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16336 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16337 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16338 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16339 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16340 \n\
16341 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16342 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16343 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16344 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16345 breakpoint set."));
16346 }
16347
16348 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16349 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16350 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16351 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16352 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16353 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16354 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16355 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16356 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16357 \n\
16358 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16359 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16360 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16361 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16362 breakpoint set."));
16363
16364 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16365
16366 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16367 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16368 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16369 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16370 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16371 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16372 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16373 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16374 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16375 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16376 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16377 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16378 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16379 \n\
16380 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16381 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16382 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16383 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16384 breakpoint set."),
16385 &maintenanceinfolist);
16386
16387 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16388 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16389 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16390 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16391
16392 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16393 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16394 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16395 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16396
16397 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16398 catch_fork_command_1,
16399 NULL,
16400 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16401 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16402 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16403 catch_fork_command_1,
16404 NULL,
16405 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16406 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16407 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16408 catch_exec_command_1,
16409 NULL,
16410 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16411 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16412 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16413 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16414 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16415 catch_load_command_1,
16416 NULL,
16417 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16418 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16419 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16420 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16421 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16422 catch_unload_command_1,
16423 NULL,
16424 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16425 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16426
16427 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16428 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16429 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16430 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16431 an expression changes.\n\
16432 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16433 the memory to which it refers."));
16434 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16435
16436 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16437 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16438 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16439 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16440 an expression is read.\n\
16441 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16442 the memory to which it refers."));
16443 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16444
16445 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16446 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16447 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16448 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16449 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16450 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16451 the memory to which it refers."));
16452 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16453
16454 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16455 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16456
16457 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16458 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16459 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16460 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16461 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16462 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16463 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16464 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16465 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16466 hardware.)"),
16467 NULL,
16468 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16469 &setlist, &showlist);
16470
16471 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16472
16473 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16474
16475 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16476 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16477 \n"
16478 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16479 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16480 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16481
16482 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16483 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16484 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16485 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16486
16487 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16488 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16489 \n"
16490 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16491 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16492 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16493
16494 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16495 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
16496 \n\
16497 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16498 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
16499 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
16500 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
16501 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
16502 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16503 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16504 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16505 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16506 \n\
16507 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16508 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
16509 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16510 conditions are different.\n\
16511 \n\
16512 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16513 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16514 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16515
16516 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16517 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16518 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16519 last tracepoint set."));
16520
16521 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16522
16523 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16524 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16525 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16526 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16527 &deletelist);
16528 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16529
16530 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16531 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16532 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16533 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16534 &disablelist);
16535 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16536
16537 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16538 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16539 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16540 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16541 &enablelist);
16542 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16543
16544 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16545 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16546 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16547 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16548 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16549
16550 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16551 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16552 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16553 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16554
16555 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16556 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16557 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16558 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16559 session to restore them."),
16560 &save_cmdlist);
16561 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16562
16563 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16564 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16565 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16566 &save_cmdlist);
16567 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16568
16569 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16570 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16571
16572 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16573 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16574 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16575 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16576 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16577 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16578 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16579 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16580 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16581 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16582 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16583 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16584
16585 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16586 &pending_break_support, _("\
16587 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16588 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16589 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16590 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16591 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16592 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16593 NULL,
16594 show_pending_break_support,
16595 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16596 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16597
16598 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16599
16600 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16601 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16602 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16603 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16604 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16605 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16606 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16607 NULL,
16608 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16609 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16610 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16611
16612 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16613 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16614 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16615 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16616 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16617 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16618 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16619 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16620 when execution stops."),
16621 NULL,
16622 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16623 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16624 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16625
16626 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16627 condition_evaluation_enums,
16628 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16629 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16630 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16631 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16632 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16633 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16634 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16635 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16636 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16637 be set to \"gdb\""),
16638 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16639 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16640 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16641 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16642
16643 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16644 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16645 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16646 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16647 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16648 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16649 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16650 or the start of the range\n\
16651 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16652 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16653 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16654 \n\
16655 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16656 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16657 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16658
16659 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16660 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16661 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16662 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16663 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING));
16664 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16665
16666 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16667 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16668 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16669 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16670 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16671 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16672 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16673 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16674 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16675 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16676 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16677 &setlist, &showlist);
16678
16679 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16680 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16681 &dprintf_function, _("\
16682 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16683 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16684 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16685 &setlist, &showlist);
16686
16687 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16688 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16689 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16690 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16691 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16692 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16693 &setlist, &showlist);
16694
16695 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16696 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16697 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16698 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16699 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16700 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16701 NULL,
16702 NULL,
16703 &setlist, &showlist);
16704
16705 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16706 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16707 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16708
16709 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16710
16711 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16712 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints);
16713 }
This page took 0.451619 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.